WOW!
World of Weller®
Catalogue
Inhalt
2
Knives, Cutters, Screwdrivers, Kits, etc.
Tweezers, Cutters, Pliers, EROP,
Stripping Tools, Kits, etc.
Soldering, Microtools, Desoldering, Hot Air,
Rework, Fume Extraction, Electronic Screwdrivers,
Dispensing Systems, Accessories, etc.
Page 324 – Seite 341
Page 220 – Seite 323
Page 06 – Seite 219
3
Content
General Information 6 – 11
Weller - trusted technology 6 – 7
Heating Element Technology 8 – 9
Selection Tool for Soldering irons 10 – 11
Why Fume Extraction ? 92 – 93
Solutions for Fume Extraction – For clean air 94 – 95
Recommended treatment of Soldering Tips 154 – 155
Soldering Stations 12 – 41
WX Soldering Stations (Overview page 12 – 14) 12 – 19
Soldering Station (Overview page 20 – 22) 20 – 29
Special Applications
- For use with solder robots 30 – 33
- For use with inert gas 34 – 35
- Solder Feeder Systems 36 – 37
- Mobile Soldering 38 – 41
Rework 42 – 49
Soldering, Desoldering and Hot Air (Overview page Seite 42-45)
Soldering and Desoldering Stations (Overview page 50 – 53) 50 – 57
Hot Air Stations (Overview page 58 – 61) 58 – 67
BGA/QFP Repair 68 – 77
Accessories 78–91
Temperatur Measuring and Calibration 78 – 79
Preheating Plates 80 – 81
PCB Board Holders 82 – 83
Soldering Bathes 84
Thermal Stripping Tools 85
Manual Desoldering Pumps 86
Vacuum Pen / Solder Dispenser 87
Accessories Cleaning Tools 88 – 91
Weller Overview Safety Rests 132
Fume Extraction (General Information page 92 – 94) 92 – 131
Volume Extraction (Overview page 96 – 97) 96 – 105
Accessories 106 – 111
Accessories Installation 112 – 115
Accessories Filter 116 – 118
Pipe System 75 119
Tip Extraction (Overview page 120–121) 120 – 131
Accessories 124 – 125
Soldering
Desoldering
Hot Air
Repair
Rework
Fume Extraction
Accessories
4
Accessories Filter 126 – 127
Pipe System 50 127
Accessories Installation 128 – 129
Safety Rests 130 – 131
Soldering / Desoldering / Hot Air Irons 134 – 153
Soldering iron with different heating technologies
Active Tip 134 – 135
Fast Response 136 – 139
Silver Line 140 – 143
Magnastat Soldering Irons 144 – 145
Unregulated Line Voltage Soldering Irons 146 – 147
Desoldering Irons and Tweezers 148 – 151
Hot Air Irons 152 – 153
Soldering Tips 154 – 195
Soldering Tips (Overview page 156 – 157) 154 – 183
Nozzles (Overview page Seite 156 – 157) 184 – 187
Hot Air Nozzles (Overview page Seite 156 – 157) 188 – 194
Electric Screwdrivers (Overview page 196 – 197) 196 – 211
Control Unit 200
Electric Screwdriver 201
Accessories 202 – 203
Bits and Knives 204 – 210
Dispensers (Overview page 212 – 213) 212 – 219
Dispensers 212 – 214
Wands 215
Accessories / Needles 216 – 219
Erem (Erem Index page 220) 220 – 323
Xcelite 324 – 341
Soldering Tips
Soldering Irons
Electric
Screwdrivers
Dispensing
Systems
EREM
Xcelite
Fume Extraction
5
Weller - trusted technology
Energy efficient soldering stations
1960 70 80 90 00 10
Development of the magnastat soldering iron,
the first controlled soldering iron
First analog controlled soldering station
First digital controlled soldering station
Launch of stand-by and auto-off mode in soldering systems
First intelligent soldering tools for energy-efficient works
Jahr
Energy saving
60 W
7 W
ESD
Weller soldering stations don´t need to be calibrated. Parts of the Weller heating element
which determine the temperature have continuously the same physical material
characteristics and do not change during use.
Electronic control units do not wear out.Closed Temperature regulation loop and high quality
sensor & control technology assure temperature stability of the soldering tool during its life
time. According to IPC J-STD001 D and DIN EN 61191-1
If higher accuracy than these standards is required, fine adjustment is possible.
ESD safe design and workplace.
Use of the latest mechanical and
electronical technology
Fast reaction and recovery time
Automatic tool recognition,
classification of parameter
Micro processor controlled PID
control
Precise settings
No calibration needed for Weller
soldering units
6
Soldering
Weller is unique
Soldering
All Weller soldering station (except WTCP
and WSM 1C) are equipped with an unique
possibility of an equipotential bonding.
a) Hard grounded without plug (original delivery)
b) Equipotential bonding: with plug, compensationg line
on center contact
c) Potential free: with plug
d) Soft grounded: with plug and soldered resistor
grounded via selected resistor
7
The optimum for soldering applications
An optimal technology where heating element an sensor techno-
logy are integrated in the soldering tip. By lowering the soldering
joint temperature a fast reaction time is given. These tools bring
performance to the solder joint.
Weller Heating Element Technology in comparison
Sensor position
„Silver Line“ WSP 80/WP80
„Fast Response“ WP 120
„Active Tips“ WMRP
„Active Tip“ Technology
Heating element and soldering tip are one unit
Optimal sensor technology and heat transfer
Optimal heat transfer and sensor technolgoy
Fast and easy tip exchange
Optimal reaction time
Extremely short heat up time 100°C/sec
3 Heating Element Technologies for outstanding soldering results...
Active-Tip Technology
8
Heating Element Technology
350°
300°
250°
200°
150°
100°
50°
°C
510152025303540455055 SEC.
The alternative
These soldering tools are an alternative to the Active Tip
Technology. Maximum performance and cost effective
sodering tips.
„Fast response“ Technology
Tip design with shank adapted to the sensor position
Sensor position (conical) optimized
„Silver Line“ Heating Technology
High quality heating element core
Cost effective soldering tips
Cost effective changeable soldering tips
Maximum heat transfer
Heating element with an optimized sensor position
Fast reaction time
For universal applications
Effective heat transfer
Wide range of soldering tips
Fast-Response Technology
Silver-Line Technology
Soldering
30% faster
WP 80
14 sec.
Standard
soldering
iron
45–55 sec.
Performance
comparison
Silver-LineFast-Response
9
Selection Tool for Soldering irons
Low
Medium
Small Medium
High
Soldering surface (mm2)
(*) = All stations from 80 W (except WX stations)
= Required Tool
= also usable
WXMP (WX 1/WX 2)
WMRP (WD 1M)
WXMP (WX 1/WX 2)
WMRP (WD 1M)
WXMP (WX 1/WX 2)
WMRP (WD 1M)
WXP 65 (WX 1/WX 2)
WP 65 (*)
WXP 65 (WX 1/WX 2)
WP 65 (*)
WP 80 (*)
WSP 80 (*)
WXP 65 (WX 1/WX 2)
WP 65 (*)
WXP 65 (WX 1/WX 2)
WP 65 (*)
WP 80 (*)
WSP 80 (*)
Heat demand (W)
10
Large Extra Large
WXP 120 (WX 1/WX 2)
WP 120 (WD 1M)
WXP 200 (WX 1/WX 2)
WP 200 (WR 3M/WR 2)
WXP 120 (WX 1/WX 2)
WP 120 (WD 1M)
WSP 150 (PUD 151/WR 3M/WR 2)
WP 80 (*)
WSP 80 (*)
WXP 120 (WX 1/WX 2)
WP 120 (WD 1M)
WP 80 (*)
WSP 80 (*)
WXP 120 (WX 1/WX 2)
WP 120 (WD 1M)
Soldering
11
Soldering StationsSoldering Stations
Unbelievable: This Weller workstation will save as much power as a
single-person household uses in a whole year.
Easy monitoring of workplace - WX station
is benchtop controller
RS232 Connection for controlling the preheating plate
and the fume extraction unit
Digital and optical decoupled interface for SPS
(e.g. robot applications)
USB interface
Only 1 power unit needed – Benchtop Controller
12
Weller Fume Extraction Systems protect operators
from fine particles and gases.
Energy effective by stand-by mode of the soldering
units. Enlarged life time of products. .
Protection of human beings and
environment
Fast, intuitive and multi-langual touch screen handling
Simultanuous operation of 2 tools with a max. performance
of 255 W possible
Constant, excellent soldering results by stabel contact pressure
thanks to an optimized, spring-loaded barrel
Save key data on the tool.
Visual process control via blue LED light
Simpel and precise soldering processes
Cost effective soldering tips and low following costs for high
efficient and constant energytransfer.
Energy saving by stand-by respectively Auto-off mode.
Cost- / Energy savings
Soldering
13
Soldering Stations
WX 2WX 1
max. power supply
200 W (255 W)
max. power supply 200 W
WXP 65
XNT Soldering tips
Fast Response
WXP 120
XT Soldering tips
WXP 200
XHT Soldering tips
WXMP
RT Soldering tips
Active Tip
WXMT
RTW Desoldering tips
Fume extraction
WFE 2S
WFE 4S
WFE 20D
Preheating
plates
WHP 1000
WHP 3000
600 W
WHP 3000
1200 W
WHP 200
200 W
All products without lines can be connected to all soldering stations
14
WX 1 WX 2
Technical Data
Dimension L x B x H 170 x 151 x 130 mm (6,69 x 5,94 x 5,12 inch)
Weight ca. 3,2 kg
Channels 1 2
Power supply 230 V | 50 Hz
Power consumption 200 W 200 W (255 W)
Protection class I
Temperature range Adjustable 50–550 °C (150–999 °F); adjustable temperature range varies among tools
Temperature accuracy ± 9 °C (± 17 °F)
Temperature stability ± 2 °C (± 4 °F)
Equipotentional bonding Via 3,5 mm pawl socket on back of device
Material touch panel Made of antistatic coated material
Dimensions touch panel 74 x 38 mm
Resolution 255 x 127 (128) dots
Display backlighting yes
Equipotentional bonding The 3.5 mm switch box offers four different options:
a) Hard grounded without plug (original delivery)
b) Equipotential bonding: with plug, compensationg line on center contact
c) Potential free: with plug
d) Soft grounded: with plug and soldered resistor grounded via selected resistor
USB-interface USB interface in front for firmware updates, parameterization and monitoring
USB interface supports all standard USB flash drive types
ESD safe yes yes
Order-no. T005 34 176 99 T005 34 206 99
Soldering
15
Soldering Stations
Cost savings because only one power unit is needed for
different applications
Use as benchtop controller saves energy
Lowering the running costs by enlarged tip lifetimes
Reduction of rework due to optimized tool use and correct
working temperature
ESD safe
WX 2020 Set
Power unit WX 2 with 2 channels,
2 soldering irons WXP 120
XT Soldering tip series
page 162/163
1
23
4
Order-no. Model Description
T005 34 216 99 WX 2020 Set Power unit with 2 channels 200 W / 230 V
Scope of supply:
1 T005 34 206 99 WX 2 Power unit, 200 W (255 W)
2 T005 29 201 99 2 x WXP 120 Soldering iron 120 W, 24 V
with Fast Response Technolgy
3 T005 44 704 99 2 x XT B Standard tip XT B, Chisel 2,4 x 0,8 mm
4 T005 15 121 99 2 x WDH 10 Safety rest with brass wool
4
ESD
The Weller multi tool principle different tools can be connected to the power unit. The intelligent WX tools can be
parameterized by means that the parameters are saved individually to the soldering tool. So these tools are connec-
table to every WX power unit. This saves a lot of time at the workplace.
Intelligent power management allows a max. power of 200 W (255 W). A simultanuous use of different tools is pos-
sible. For your overview, all active tools can be seen in the display and a LED ringlight show the working status.
16
Power Unit WX 2
Innovative operation concept
Robust touch screen with ESD safe glas
Intuitive use with turn-click-wheel with enter key
and finger guide.
Blue LED backlighting
Multilingual menu navigation
High functionality
No safety rest with Stop & Go function needed thanks to
integrated acceleration sensor
Optimized precision, better stability by sensor in the
soldering iron
Specific parameterization of tool by storgage medium
in hand piec.
Visual process control via blue LED ring light
All WX tools connectable
Order-no. Model
T005 34 206 99 Power unit WX 2 with 2 channels,
200 W (255 W)
WX 2021 Set
Power unit WX 2 with
2 channels, soldering irons
WXMP and tweezers WMRT
RT Soldering tip series
page 158
1
3
5
2
6
4 7
Order-no. Model Description
T005 34 226 99 WX 2021 Set Power unit with 2 channels 200 W / 230 V
Scope of supply:
1 T005 34 206 99 WX 2 Power unit, 200 W (255 W)
2 T005 29 203 99 WXMP Micro soldering iron 55 W, 12 V
with Active Tip Technology
3 T005 44 603 99 RT 3 Standard tip RT 3, Chisel 1,3 x 0,4 mm
4 T005 15 171 99 WDH 51 Safety rest with brass wool
5 T005 13 177 99 WXMT Micro tweezers 2 x 44 W, 12 V
with Active Tip Technology
6 T005 44 652 99 RTW 2 Standard tip RTW 2, 0,7 x 0,4 mm, 45°
7 T005 15 169 99 WDH 60 Safety rest with brass wool
Soldering
17
Soldering Stations
Order-no. Model Description
T005 34 196 99 WX 1011 Power unit with 1 channel, 200 W / 230 V
Scope of supply:
1 T005 34 176 99 WX 1 Power unit, 200 W
2 T005 29 203 99 WXMP Soldering iron 55 W, 12 V
with Active Tip Technology
3 T005 44 603 99 RT 3 Standard tip RT 3, Chisel 1,3 x 0,4 mm
4 T005 15 171 99 WDH 51 Safety rest with brass wool
Order-no. Model Description
T005 34 186 99 WX 1010 Power unit with 1 channel, 200 W / 230 V
Scope of supply:
1 T005 34 176 99 WX 1 Power unit, 200 W
2 T005 29 201 99 WXP 120 Soldering iron 120 W, 24 V
with Fast Response Technology
3 T005 44 704 99 XT B Standard tip XT B, Chisel 2,4 x 0,8 mm
4 T005 15 121 99 WDH 10 Safety rest with brass wool
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
WX 1010 Set
WX 1011 Set
Power unit WX 1 with 1 channel,
soldering irons WXP 120
Power unit WX 1 with 1 channel,
micro soldering irons WXMP
XT Soldering tip series
page 162/163
RT Soldering tip series
page 158
18
Order-no. Model Description
T005 34 276 99 WX 1012 Power unit with 1 channel, 200 W / 230 V
Scope of supply:
1 T005 34 176 99 WX 1 Power unit, 200 W
2 T005 29 211 99 WXP 65 Soldering iron 65 W
with with Fast Response Technology
3 T005 44 851 99 XNT A Standard tip XNT A, Chisel 1,6 mm
4 T005 15 121 99 WDH 10 Safety rest with brass wool
1
2
4
3
Soldering
WX 1012 Set
Power unit WX 1 with 1 channel,
soldering irons WXP 65
XNT Soldering tip series
page 160
Power Unit WX 1
Innovative operation concept
Robust touch screen with ESD safe glas
Intuitive use with turn-click-wheel with enter key
and finger guide.
Blue LED backlighting
Multilingual menu navigation
High functionality
No safety rest with Stop & Go function needed thanks to
integrated acceleration sensor
Optimized precision, better stability by sensor in the
soldering iron
Specific parameterization of tool by storgage medium
in hand piec.
Visual process control via blue LED ring light
All WX tools connectable
Order-no. Model
T005 29 201 99 1-Channel-Power Unit WX 1
200 W / 230 V
19
Soldering Stations
Ready, set, go - with perfect accuracy
Wide range of different soldering tools
Power range from 80 W upto 150 W - microtools
as well as robot soldering applications
Extensive accessories available. Mirco-tweezers,
soldering irons and solder baths.
Easy monitoring
Automatic tool recognition and fast temperature
setting via buttons and LC display.
Systematic Soldering
Robust design for continuous operation
Small and compact soldering stations with easy-to-read display
ESD safe unit with different functions: equipotential bonding, set
back, stand-by and lock function
Reliablity and longlife
20
Soldering
For different applications with a power range
of 80 W upto 150 W
Fast temperature setting and monitoring
Easy to handle via buttons or potentiometer
and LED display
Cost-effective professional
Soldering Station
Stable housing
Easy to clean and robust design.
Clear communication by large LC display
High cost saving of consumables.
Cost efficient Silver Line soldering tips reduce
the running costs.
Low running costs
21
Soldering Stations
WD 1MWD 1 PUD 151 PU 81
Solder bath
WSB 80 WSB 150
WP 80
LT Soldering tips
Silver line
WSP 150
LHT Soldering tips
MPR 80
LT Soldering tips
WMP
NT Soldering tips
Fast Response
WP 120
XT soldering tips
LR 21
LT Soldering tips
WTA 50
WTA Tips
Standard Line
Preheating plate
WHP 80
FE 75
LT Soldering tips
FE 80
HT Soldering tips
FE-Soldering iron
PUD 81
max. power
supply 150 W
max. power
supply 80 W
All products without lines can be connected to all soldering stations.
max. power
supply 80 W
max. power
supply 80 W
max. power
supply150 W
WP 65
XNT Soldering tips
WSP 80
LT Soldering tips
WMRP
RT Soldering tips
Active Tip
WMRT
RTW Tips
22
WD 1MWD 1 PUD 81 PUD 151 PU 81
Technical Data
Dimension L x B x H
134 x 108 x 147 mm 134 x 108 x 147 mm 166 x 115 x 101 mm 166 x 115 x 101 mm 166 x 115 x 101 mm
Channels 1 1 1 1 1
Power supply 230 V 230 V 230 V 230 V 230 V
Power consumption 80 W 150 W 150 W 80 W 80 W
Protection class I
Temperature range 50°C – 450°C 50°C – 450°C 50°C – 550°C 50°C – 450°C 150°C – 450°C
Temperature accuracy ± 9°C ± 9°C ± 11°C ± 9°C ± 9°C
Temperature stability ± 5°C ± 5°C ± 5°C ± 5°C ± 5°C
Display LCD LCD LED LED no
Setting Buttons Buttons Buttons Buttons Potentiometer
ESD safe yes yes yes yes yes
Equipotentional bonding Über eine 3,5 mm Schaltklinkenbuchse (Grundzustand hart geerdet)
USB interface no yes* no no no
Order-no. T005 34 156 99 T005 34 006 99 T005 32 766 99 T005 32 606 99 T005 32 506 99
*optional
Soldering
23
Soldering Stations
Order-no. Model Description
T005 34 026 99 WD 1000 Set Soldering station, 1 channel, 80 W / 230 V
Scope of supply:
1 T005 34 006 99 WD 1 Power unit, 80 W
2 T005 29 180 99 WP 80 Soldering iron 80 W, 24 V
with Silver Line Technology
3 T005 44 405 99 LT B Standard tip LT B, Chisel 2,4 x 0,8 mm
4 T005 15 121 99 WDH 10 Safety rest with brass wool
Order-no. Model Description
T005 34 026 70 WD 1000 T Set Soldering station, 1 channel, 80 W / 230 V
Scope of supply:
T005 34 006 99 WD 1 Power unit, 80 W
T005 29 180 99 WP 80 Soldering iron 80 W, 24 V
with Silver Line Technolgy
T005 44 405 99 LT B Standard tip LT B, Chisel 2,4 x 0,8 mm
T005 15 161 99 WDH 10T Safety rest with Stop & Go function and with brass wool
Ready, set, go - with perfect accuracy!
1 channel WD soldering station is userfriendly due to the large LC display. 2 special menues for individual settings,
e.g. stand-by mode, lock function and many more.
1
3
2
4
Cost reduction - longer tip lifetime due to temperature reduction
Automatic tool recognition
Easy tip exchange without tools
ESD safe
ESD
WD 1000 Set
WD 1000 T Set
Power unit, 1 channel with
soldering iron
For small sensible components
Power unit, 1 channel as
WD 1000 Set but with
safety rest WDH 10T with
Stop & Go function
LT Soldering tip series
page 165-168
LT Soldering tip series
page 165-168
24
Order-no. Model Description
T 005 34 156 99 WD 1M Power Unit 150 W, 230 V
WD 1M
Power Unit
WD 1
Power Unit
Order-no. Model Description
T005 34 066 99 WD 1 Power Unit 80 W / 230 V
Order-no. Description
T005 31 185 99 USB Interface for ISO applications
Soldering
Power unit, 1 channel,
digital 80 W / 230 V
For all soldering tools
up to 80 W
Power unit, 1 channel,
digital 160 W / 230 V
For micro soldering iron
WMRP and micro
tweezers WMRT
25
Soldering Stations
Order-no. Model Description
T005 32 606 99 WSD 81 Set Soldering station, 1 channel, 80 W / 230 V
Scope of supply:
1 T005 32 626 99 PUD 81 Power unit, 80 W
2 T005 29 161 99 WSP 80 Soldering iron 80 W, 24 V
with Silver Line Technology
3 T005 44 405 99 LT B Standard tip LT B, Chisel 2,4 x 0,8 mm
4 T005 15 140 99 WPH 80 Safety rest with cleaning sponge
Order-no. Model Description
T005 32 766 99 WSD 151 Set Soldering station, 1 channel, 150 W / 230 V
Scope of supply:
1 T005 32 786 99 PUD 151 Power unit, 150 W
2 T005 29 170 99 WSP 150 Soldering iron 150 W, 24 V
with Silver Line Technology
3 T005 44 450 99 LHT F Standard tip LHT F, Chisel 9,3 mm
4 T005 15 027 99 KH 27 Safety rest with cleaning sponge
1
23
4
1
2
3
4
WSD (Set and read temperature displa)y and WS (set-temperature display) stations–digital stations
Weller WSC and WS stations are cost effective, digital soldering stations with an easy handling.
Other parameter possible (WSD stations) with an external calibration unit.
Easy handling
Very good cost / performance ratio
ESD safe
ESD
WSD 81 Set
WSD 151 Set
Power unit, 1 channel with
soldering iron WSP 80
Power unit, 1 channel with
soldering iron WSP 150
LT Soldering tip series
page 165-168
LHT Soldering tip series
page 172
26
Soldering
Order-no. Model Description
T005 32 506 99 WS 81 Set Soldering station, 1 channel,
80 W / 230 V, analog
Scope of supply:
1 T005 32 526 99 PU 81 Power unit, 80 W, analog
2 T005 29 161 99 WSP 80 Soldering iron 80 W, 24 V
with Silver Line Technolgy
3 T005 44 405 99 LT B Standard tip LT B, Chisel 2,4 x 0,8 mm
4 T005 15 140 99 WPH 80 Safety rest with cleaning sponge
PU 81
Power Unit
Order-no. Model Description
T005 32 524 99 PU 81 Power unit switchable,
80 W, 120 V / 240 V mit US Stecker,
with US plug, analog
Accessory:
T005 87 489 90 Key switch with control panel
1
23
4
WS 81 Set
Power unit, 1 channel with
soldering iron WSP 80
Power unit switchable,
80 W, 120 V / 240 V
with US plug
LT Soldering tip series
page 165-168
27
Soldering Stations
Easy handling
Good cost / performance ratio
Ferro Magnetic Controlled Soldering Station (Magnastat)
The Weller Magnastat system operates through a ferro-magnetic device which changes ist characteristics when
specific temperatures are reached. This causes it to either attract or repel a permanent magnet which operates a
power supply switch. In this way power to the heating element can be quickly switched on or off to either provide
extra power for soldering operations or reduced power when idling. Various preselected tip temperatures (260°C,
310°C, 370°C, 425°C, 480°C) are available for different soldering tasks. The unit is not suitable for ESD application
because the iron is not antistatic.
WTCP 51Technical Data
Dimension L x B x H: 166 x 115 x 101
Channels: 1
Power supply: 230 V (240 V, 120 V), 50 (60) Hz
Heating voltage: 24V, 50 (60) Hz
Soldering iron: max. 50 W bei 24 V
Display: nein
Temperature control: two-level controller
Equipotentional bonding: yes
USB interface: no
Control: two-level controller with temperature sensor
Order-no. T0053220699
28
Soldering
Order-no. Model Description
T005 32 206 99 WTCP 51 Set Soldering station, 1 channel, 50 W / 230 V
Scope of supply:
1 T005 32 226 99 P 51 Power unit, 50 W
2 T005 32 105 99 TCPS Soldering iron 50 W, 24 V
with Silver Line Technolgy
3 T005 44 405 99 LT B Standard tip LT B, Chisel 2,4 x 0,8 mm
and PT-LT adapter
4 T005 15 020 99 KH 20 Safety rest with cleaning sponge
P 51
Power Unit
Order-no. Model Description
T005 32 224 99 P 51 Power unit switchable,
50 W, 120 V / 240 V with US plug
1
23
4
WTCP 51 Set
Power unit, 1 channel with
soldering iron TCPS
Power unit switchable,
50 W, 120 V / 240 V
with US plug
For all tools upto 50 W
except WMRP and WMRT
LT Soldering tip series
page 165-168
29
Special application for use in solder robots
The soldering station PUD 151R is suitable for soldering tasks in industrial manufacturing in which the soldering pro-
cess is to be automated. For this purpose the unit is equipped with a monitoring circuit. As function of an adjustable
temperature window (tolerance band) an un-powered contact is seiched to a low impedance. Straight forward, easy
operation is made possibly usage of a micro processor. Digital control electronics ensure optimal regulation beha-
viour with different soldering irons upto 80 W. The soldering irons are automatically recognized by the soldering
station and assigned the apropriate control parameter.
30
Soldering
PUD 151R
Technical Data
Dimension L x B x H 166 x 115 x 101 mm
Weight
Channels 1
Power supply 230 V
Power input 150 W
Protection class 1 power unit, 3 soldering iron
Fuse T500 mA (230 V / 50/60 Hz)
Temperature range 150°C – 450°C
Temperature accuracy ± 11°C
Temperature stability ± 5°C
Display LED
Temperature control Buttons
ESD safe yes
Equipotentional bonding V ia 3.5 mm pawl socket on back of device (normal state hard grounded)
USB interface no
Order-no. T005 32 786 70
ESD
31
Special application for use in solder robots
PUD 151R
Temperature window adjustable ± 99°C
Temperatur control via buttons
3-position digital display
Calibration unit WCB 2 connectable (see page 78)
Automatic tool recognition
Digitally controlled electronic for soldering tools upto 150 W
Order-no. Model Description
T00 32 786 70 PUD 151R Power unit,
1 channel, 150 W
32
Soldering
HER 80 Heating element
Order-no. Model Description
T005 87 447 38 HER 80 Heating element 80 W
for solder robots applications with PUD 151R
LT Soldering tips for HER 80
Order-no. Model Description Width Thickness Length
Soldering tips for HER 80 with twist lock
T005 44 441 99 LTR A Chisel tip 1,6 mm 0,8 mm 17 mm
T005 44 422 99 LTR B Chisel tip 1,5 mm wettable 2,4 mm 0,8 mm 17 mm
T005 44 422 71 LTR B Chisel tip 6,0 mm wettable 2,4 mm 0,8 mm 17 mm
T005 44 433 99 LTR C Chisel tip 3,2 mm 0,8 mm 17 mm
Special tips on request
HER 120 Heating element
Order-no. Model Description
T005 87 637 30 HER 120 Heating element 120 W
for solder robot application with PUD 151R
XT Soldering tips for HER 120
Order-no. Model Description Width Thickness Length
Soldering tips for HER 120 with twist lock
005 44 723 99 XTR A Chisel tip 1,6 mm 0,7 mm 36,0 mm
005 44 724 99 XTR B Chisel tip 2,4 mm 0,8 mm 35,0 mm
005 44 725 99 XTR C Chisel tip 3,2 mm 0,8 mm 35,0 mm
005 44 726 99 XTR D Chisel tip 4,6 mm 0,8 mm 34,5 mm
005 44 727 99 XTR E Chisel tip 5,9 mm 1,2 mm 34,5 mm
005 44 728 99 XTR M Chisel tip 3,2 mm 1,2 mm 39,0 mm
Cord for HER 80 / 120
Order-no. Model Description
T005 87 447 13 Cord for HER 80 / 120
33
Ideal solution for soldering application under an atmosphere of inert gas
Advantages of inert gas soldering
Oxygen will be blocked out from solder joint and soldering tip
• less oxidation on solder joint and soldering tip
• less surface tension of solder
• better flow characteristics of solder
Preheating of solder joints
ESD safe
Better and consisten activation of flux
Special Application Inert Gas Soldering
The inert gas soldering irons WP 80IG and WP 120IG achive all ESD requirements and enables soldering jobs with
inert gas in used way. Inert gas is fed through openings in the heating element to envelop the solder joint. Inert gas
and temperature control via power unit WAD 101IG. The set is complete with the Stop & Go safety rest WDH 10P.
WAD 101IGTechnical Data
Dimension L x B x H: 166 x 115 x 101
Weight 3,335 kg
Channels 1
Power supply 230 V / 120 V (50/60 Hz)
Power consumption 150 W
Protection class 1 Power unit, 3 Soldering irons,
Temperature range Soldering and desoldering irons adjustable 50°C – 550°C (150°F – 999°F)
Adjustable Temperature range depends on tool
Temperature accuracy ± 2°C
Temperature stability ± 450°C (± 842°F)
Potential free contact Optocoupler (transistor output) max. 24 V / 20mA; Pin 1 (+), Pin 2 (-)
Display
Temperature control Via buttons
ESD safe yes
Equipotentional bonding Via 3.5 mm pawl socket on back of device
USB interface no
Order-no. T005 32 666 71
ESD
34
Soldering
WAD 101IG
Order-no. Model Description
T005 32 666 71 WAD 101IG Power unit, 1 channel 150 W
for soldering with inert gas
Order-no. Model Description
T005 15 147 99 WDH 10P Set Inert gas safety rest set 80 W, 24 V
Scope of supply:
WDH 10P Safety rest for use with inert gas, ball valve,
compressed air hose, 4 mm
Inert gas barrel for WSP 80
Perfect solution for lead free soldering applications unter an atmosphere of inert gas
With the WSP 80 inert gas safety rest set the WSP 80 soldering iron can be switched to an inert gas soldering iron.
The safety rest WDH 10P can be used with the WSP 80IG and WP 120iG. Inert gas is fed through openings in the
heating element to envelop the solder joint.
WDH 10P Set
Safety rest WDH 10P with
inert gas barrel set for
soldering iron WSP 80
80 W, 24 V
Lead free soldering
LT Soldering tip series
page 165-168
Order-no. Model Description
T005 87 637 32 Barrel WP120IG
Order-no. Model Description
T005 29 197 99 WP 80IG Soldering iron 80 W for soldering
with inert gas 50 °C - 450 °C
Order-no. Model Description
T005 29 198 99 WP 120IG Soldering iron 80 W for soldering
with inert gas 50 °C - 450 °C
Order-no. Model Description
T005 15 161 99 WDH 10T Safety rest with Stop & Go function
with brass wool
Accessory
35
Special application solder feeder
Smooth proportion of solder by automatical solder feeder system
3. hand for easy handling
The WSF 81D is a soldering station with an automatic solder feeder system. There are 2 suitable solder diameter.
The WSV 81D8 is qualified for solder diameter from 0,8 mm - 1,5 mm, the WSF 81D5 fits from 0,5 mm - 0,8 mm.
The adjustment to the exact diameter is automatically with both stations. The operator can swith between automa-
tic and continuous solder supply. The power unit is fitted with digital electronics for regulation the soldering iron
temperature and solder feed operation. In the feeder unit a tin holder can host coils upto max. 1 kg.
WSF 81D8 WSF 81D5
Dimension L x B x H 120 x 217 x 199 mm
Channels 1
Solder ø 0,8 - 1,5 mm ø 0,5 - 0,8 mm
Power supply 230 V / 120 V (50/60 Hz)
Power consumption 80 W
Protection class 1 Power unit, 3 Soldering irons
Temperature range 150°C – 450°C
Adjustable Temperature range digital control
Tools recognition automatically
Display 3 position digital display
Temperature control Via buttons
ESD safe yes
Equipotentional bonding normal state hard grounded
USB interface no
Order-no. T005 28 226 99 T005 28 206 99
Technical Data
36
Soldering
Order-no. Model Description
T005 28 206 99 WSF 81D5 Solder feeder system 80 W
for wire from Ø 0,5 mm upto 0,8 mm
Scope of supply:
1 Power Unit
2 T005 28 116 99 WSF 2 Feeding unit
3 T005 28 121 99 WSFP 5 Soldering iron 80 W, 24 V mit Lötspitze LT HX
4 T005 15 028 99 AK S Safety rest with cleaning sponge
Accessory:
T005 13 120 99 Foot switch 1-step
Order-no. Model Description
T005 28 226 99 WSF 81D8 Solder feeder system 80 W
for wire from Ø 0,8 mm upto 1,5 mm
Scope of supply:
Power Unit
T005 28 116 99 WSF 2 Feeding unit
T005 28 122 99 WSFP 8 Soldering iron 80 W, 24 V mit Lötspitze LT BX
T005 15 028 99 AK S Safety rest with cleaning sponge
Accessory:
T005 13 120 99 Foot switch 1-step
1
2
3
4
WSF 81D5
Solder Feeder System
WSF 81D8
Solder Feeder System
For solder wire from
Ø 0,5 mm upto 0,8 mm
For solder wire from
Ø 0,8 mm upto 1,5 mm
LT Soldering tip series
page 165-168
LT Soldering tip series
page 165-168
37
Special Applications Mobile Soldering
Heated up within 4 seconds only
Cordless soldering capacity upto 1 hour
Precise temperature control
Easy use via touch sensor
ESD safe
Soldering without plug
WSM 1C: first professional rechargeable soldering station for mobile use. The WSM 1C from Weller is a perfect
soldering station when a small mobile tool is required which works absolutey professional.
WSM 1 CTechnical Data
Dimension L x B x H (inch): 5.24 x 4.33 x 2.17
Weight: ca. 2,0 kg
Power supply: 100 V bis 240 V
50 Hz bis 60 Hz
Power consumption: 55 W
Safety class (with switching power supply) II
(battery powered) III
Temperature control 100°C - 400°C (200°F - 750°F)
Temperature accuracy ± 9°C (± 17°F)
Temperature stability ± 5°C (± 9°F)
Acceleration sensor: Efficient stand-by mode
Equipotentional bonding: via 3,5 mm pawl socket on side of device
Display: Touch-Sensor-Technology
Operating temperature: 10°C - 35°C (50°F - 95°F)
Stock temperature: -24°C - 45°C (75°F - 113°F)
Air humidity: 0% - 90%, no condensation
- Latest LiFePO4 battery technology
- Fixed micro soldering iron WMRP
- Stop & Go function: automatic switch-off of the soldering iron by motion sensor
- Temperature lock function
- Car adapter
ESD
38
Soldering
Order-no. Model Description
T005 32 936 99 WSM 1C Rechargeable soldering station with mirco
soldering iron WMRP and soldering tip RT 3,
chisel 1,3 mm and safety rest with brass wool
Accessory
Order-no. Description
T005 87 518 80 Car adapter for recharge via 12 V board net
WSM 1C
Rechargeable
soldering station
Solution for service technician
50 W
RT Soldering tip series
page 158
1
3
2
4
39
Soldering StationsSpecial Applications Mobile Soldering
Order-no. Model Description
T005 16 059 99 Pyropen Piezo Pyropen butane gas powered profi line
soldering iron
Scope of supply:
1 Soldering iron Pyropen Piezo
2 T005 16 121 99 70-01-02 Chisel tip 3,0 mm
3 T005 16 142 99 70-01-52 Hot air nozzle Ø 4,9 mm
4 T005 16 159 99 70-01-55 Reflector unit Ø 6,0 mm
5 T005 16 160 99 RB-TS Gas refill canister 0,75 ml
6 T005 16 156 99 7040U Metal box
7 T005 16 281 99 7042 Burn proof accessory pocket
8 Iron holder
9 Cleaning sponge
Order-no. Model Description
T005 16 060 99 Pyropen Pyropen butane gas powered profi line
soldering iron
Scope of supply:
1 Soldering iron Pyropen
2 T005 16 121 99 70-01-02 Chisel tip 3,0 mm
3 T005 16 142 99 70-01-52 Hot air nozzle Ø 4,9 mm
4 T005 16 151 99 70-07TU Torch ejector
5 T005 16 160 99 RB-TS Gas refill canister 0,75 ml
6 T005 16 156 99 7040U Metal box
7 T005 16 281 99 7042 Burn proof accessory pocket
8 Iron holder
9 Cleaning sponge
Butane Gas Powered Soldering Irons
Powered by butane gas, the Pyropens offer soldering iron, hot air blow and blow torch operations. They have a shor
heat up time and are refilled in seconds from a refill cylinder. A sight glass shows the level of gas in the reservoir.
The temperature variation is obtained by increasing respectively decreasing the gas flow. All Pyropen soldering irons
need very clean refill for precise temperature regulation.
2
1
345
6
79
8
For small mobile soldering application
Cost effective
Easy to recharge via butane gas
Pyropen Piezo
Pyropen
With self ignition (Piezo)
Set in metal box
Zündung mittels Feuerzeug
Set in metal box
Soldering tip
series 70 for
Pyropen Piezo
page 183
Soldering tip
series 70 for
Pyropen Piezo
page 183
2
1
3
45
6
79
8
40
Soldering
Order-no. Model Description
T05 16 075 99 Pyropen Jr. Butane gas powered mini soldering iron
Scope of supply:
1 Pyropen Junior Soldering iron
2 T005 16 165 99 70-01-01 Needle tip Ø 1,0 mm
3 Aluminium protection cap
Order-no. Model Description
T005 16 160 99 RB-TS Butane gas refill canister
Refill Canister
Order-no. Model Description
T005 16 087 99 WP 60K Butane gas powered soldering iron
Scope of supply:
1 WP 60 Soldering iron
2 T005 16 134 99 60-01-05 Needle tip Ø 0,5 mm
3 T005 16 447 99 60-01-52 Hot air nozzle Ø 4,7 mm
4 T005 16 135 99 60-01-06 Hot knife 5,0 mm, 45°
5 T005 16 450 99 60-02 Protection cap
2
1
3
2
1
3
4
5
Pyropen Jr.
WP 60K
Manual ignition
Pen shape
Manual ignition
Set with soldering tip,
hot air nozzle and knife
Soldering tip
series 71 for
Pyropen Jr.
page 182
Soldering
tip series 60
page 181
41
The Repair Professionals!
Low running costs.
Flexible use of tools and process controlled working temperature
Energy efficient soldering processes.
Longer tip and nozzle lifetime
Stand-by mode for desoldering tool
Energy safing Desoldering
Energy safing and environmental protection
Cost effective soldering process.
Automatic tool recognition guarantees safe operation of 2 - 3 tools
Fast soldering and desoldering.
2 - 3 independent channels guarantees simultanuous operation
Low investments
Rework – Soldering, Desoldering and Hot Air
42
ESD safe
Safe soldering and desoldering operation
One power unit for all rework applications.
Compact set more cost effective compared to single units
High flexibility because many tools are connectable such as:
Solering and desoldering irons, hot air irons, preheating plates,
wire strippers and solder baths.
Flexible Solution for soldering and desoldering applications
ESD
Hot Air SolderingDesoldering
43
WR 3M
WMRP
RT Soldering tips
Active Tip
WMRT
RTW Tips
max. power supply 360 W
LR 21
LT Soldering tips
WTA 50
WTA Tips
Standard Line
WMP
NT Soldering tips
Fast Response
WP 65
XNT Soldering tips
WP 120
XT Soldering tips
WP 200
XHT Soldering tips
WP 80
LT Soldering tips
Silver line
WSP 150
LHT Soldering tips
MPR 80
LT Soldering tips
Accessory
WRK
Accessory
WVP
All products without lines can be connected to all soldering stations
Rework – Soldering, Desoldering and Hot Air
44
WR 2
Preheating Plate
Solder Bath
Stripping Tool
WHP 80
WSB 80 WSB 150
WST 82
max.power supply 250 W
DXV 80
DX Nozzles
DSX 80
DX Nozzles
Desoldering Iron
HAP 1
Hot air nozzles
HAP 200
Hot air nozzles
Hot Air Iron
FE 80
HT Soldering tips
FE-Soldering Iron
FE 75
LT Soldering tips
Hot Air SolderingDesoldering
45
One station meets the requirements of a rework workplace
Unique connecting compatibility of all tools
3 respectively 2 independend tool channels with automatic tool recognition
guarantee the simultanuous operation of 2 to 3 soldering tools.
Tools are permanentely ready for use
Rework – Soldering, Desoldering and Hot Air
46
WR 3M WR 2
Dimension L x B x H 273 x 235 x 102 mm
Weight: ca. 6,7 kg
Channels 3 2
Net supply 230 V 230 V
Power supply 360 W 250 W
Protection class 1 Power unit, 3 Soldering irons
Fuse T500 mA (230 V / 50/60 Hz)
Fuse: overcurrent release 1,5 A
Temperature control of channels Soldering- and desoldering irons continuously 50°C - 550°C (150°F - 999°F)
Temperature control range is tool independend
Soldering iron WP 80 / WP 120: 50°C - 450°C (150°F - 850°F)
Soldering iron WP 200 / WSP 150: 50°C - 550°C (150°F - 950°F)
Soldering iron WMRT / WMRP: 100°C - 450°C (200°F - 850°F)
Desoldering iron DSX 80 / DSXV 80: 50°C - 450°C (150°F - 850°F)
Hot air irons HAP 200 / HAP 1: 50°C - 550°C (150°F - 950°C)
Temperature accuracy ± 9°C
Temperature stability ± 2°C
Bleeder Soldering tip (Tip to ground) conforms IPC-J-001
Bleeder voltage Soldering tip (Tip to ground) conforms IPC-J-001
Pump (periodic duty 30/30 s)
Max. vacuum 0,7 bar
Max. delivery rate max. 18 l/min max. 10 l/min
Hot Air max. 15 l/min max. 15 l/min
Display LCD
Temperature control Buttons
ESD safe yes yes
Equipotentional bonding Via 3.5 mm pawl socket at the back of device (hard grounded normal state)
USB interface yes no
Order-no. T005 33 666 99 T005 33 776 99
Technical Data
Hot Air SolderingDesoldering
47
Rework – Soldering, Desoldering and Hot Air
Order-no. Model Description
T005 33 686 99 WR 3000M Set Rework station, 3 channels WR 3M
Scope of supply:
1 T005 33 666 99 WR 3M Power unit, 360 W
2 T005 29 180 99 WP 80 Soldering iron, 80 W
with Silver Line Technolgy
3 T005 44 405 99 LT B Standard tip LT B, Chisel 2,4 x 0,8 mm
4 T005 15 161 99 WDH 10T Safety rest with Stop & Go function and brass wool
5 T005 13 190 99 DSX 80 Desloldering iron, 80 W
6 T005 13 150 00 DX 113HM Nozzle
7 T005 15 152 99 WDH 30 Safety rest for DSX 80 with brass wool
8 T005 27 116 99 HAP 200 Hot air iron, 200 W
9 T005 15 152 99 WDH 30 Safety rest for hot air iron HAP 200 with brass wool
10 T005 29 184 99 WVP Vacuum pick-up
USB cord and software
2
3
4
1
5
6
8
9
10
7
WR 3000M Set
vertical
Power unit, 3 channels with
soldering iron WP 80, desol-
dering iron DSX 80 and hot
air iron HAP 200
Large allround set for all
repair jobs
Desoldering iron DSX 80 for
vertical soldering applications
LT Soldering tip series
page 165-168
Hot air nozzles
page 188/189
DX Nozzle
page 184
LT Soldering tip series
page 165-168
Hot air nozzles
page 188/189
DX Nozzle
page 184
Order-no. Model Description
T005 33 683 99 WR 3000M Set Rework station, 3 channels WR 3M
Scope of supply:
1 T005 33 666 99 WR 3M Power unit, 360 W
2 T005 29 180 99 WP 80 Soldering iron, 80 W
with Silver Line Technolgy
3 T005 44 405 99 LT B Standard tip, Chisel 2,4 x 0,8 mm
4 T005 15 161 99 WDH 10T Safety rest with Stop & Go functions for WP 80
5 T005 13 180 99 DXV 80 Inline desoldering iron, 80 W
6 T005 15 153 99 WDH 40 Safety rest for desoldering iron DXV 80
7 T005 27 116 99 HAP 200 Hot Air Iron, 200 W
8 T005 15 152 99 WDH 30 Safety rest for hot air irons HAP 200
9 T005 29 184 99 WVP Vacuum pick-up
USB cord and software
WR 3000M Set
horizontal
Power unit, 3 channels with
soldering iron WP 80, desol-
dering iron DXV 80 and hot air
iron HAP 200.
Desoldering iron DXV 80 for
horizontal applications
2
3
4
1
5
6
8
9
7
48
Order-no. Description
T005 87 388 50 Adapter for foot switch
T005 13 120 99 1 step foot switch
Accessories
for both
WR 3000M sets
Nozzles
page 188/189
Order-no. Model Description
T005 33 806 99 WR 2002 Set Rework station, 2 channels WR 2
Scope of supply:
1 T005 33 776 99 WR 2 Power unit
2 T005 29 180 99 WP 80 Soldering iron 80 W
with Silver Line Technolgy
3 T005 44 405 99 LT B Standard tip LT B, Chisel 2,4 x 0,8 mm
4 T005 15 121 99 WDH 10 Safety rest with brass wool
5 T005 13 150 00 DX 113 HM Nozzle inner-Ø 1,2 mm
6 T005 13 190 99 DSX 80 Desoldering iron 80 W / 24 V
7 T005 15 152 99 WDH 30 Safety rest with brass wool
Power cable
Equipotential bonding connector
Order-no. Model Description
T005 27 117 99 HAP 200 Set Hot air iron set 200 W, 24 V
Scope of supply:
1 T005 27 116 99 HAP 200 Hot air iron 200 W / 24 V
with hot air nozzle R 06 round Ø 3,0 mm
2 T005 15 152 99 WDH 30 Safety rest
3 T005 87 278 21 R 04 Hot air nozzle round Ø 1,2 mm
T005 87 617 28 Adapter M6 for HAP 200
2
2
4
7
5
6
11
1
3
3
WR 2002 Set
HAP 200 Set
Power unit, 2 channels with
soldering iron WP 80, desol-
dering iron DSX 80
Small repair set for all
rework applications
Simutanuous operation of
hot air and desoldering iron
is not possible.
Temperature range from
50°C – 550°
Hot air flow adjustable
Activation of hot air flow via
finger switch
For WR 3M only
DX Nozzles
page 184
LT Soldering tip series
page 165-168
Hot Air SolderingDesoldering
49
Soldering and Desoldering Stations
Up and away...
Easy and safe change of solder reservoir by
bayonet fixing and cartoon cartridge.
Fatigue-proof and gentle work possible
Safe handling by latest grip-design
Compressed air system for stable
desoldering and high vacuum
Fast and easy filter change
Less maintenance
Ergonomics and operational safety
High power soldering and desoldering tools. Simultanuous work
of two 120 W tools.
Intelligent WX tools. Tools are programmable
Soldering and desoldering applications are independent of station.
Parameters are on the soldering or desoldering tool. Flexible and
fast change of workplace possible
High Power Soldering and Desoldering Applications
with only one unit
Extremely fast heat-up time of desoldering iron
(only 35 seconds) 40 s upto 50°C bis 350°C
Stand-by mode of desoldering iron saves energy
Easy and fast setting of tool parameter with WX technology
via ESD safe touch screen
Cost saving
50
Cost effective soldering process
Automatic tool recognition guarantees safe
operation of 2 - 3 tools
Fast soldering and desoldering
2 - 3 independent channels guarantees simultanuous
operation
Low investment
One power unit for all rework applications.
Compact set more cost effective compared to single units
High flexibility because many tools are connectable such as:
Solering and desoldering irons, hot air irons, preheating
plates, wire strippers and solder baths.
Flexible Solution for soldering and desoldering
applications
SolderingDesoldering
51
Soldering and Desoldering Stations
WXD 2
WXDP 120
(Available Spring 2012)
XDS Nozzles
WXP 65
XNT Soldering tips
Fast Response
WXP 120
XT Soldering tips
WXP 200
XHT Soldering tips
DXV 80
DX Saugdüsen
DSX 80
DX Saugdüsen
WXMP
RT Soldering tips
Active Tip
WXMT
RTWTips
Fume Extraction
WFE 2S with
pressure control
WFE 2S
WFE 4S
WFE 20D
Preheating
plates
WHP 1000
WHP 3000
600 W
WHP 3000
1200 W
WX Adapter
WX Adapter
for PC
WX Adapter
for WFE/WHP
WX
Connection cable
max. max. power supply 200 W
Available Spring 2012
Desoldering iron
All products without lines can be connected to all soldering stations
52
WR 2
Preheating plate
Soldering bathes
Wire Stripper
WHP 80
WSB 80 WSB 150
WST 82
WP 80
LT Soldering tips
Silver line
WSP 150
LHT Soldering tips
MPR 80
LT Soldering tips
max. power supply
LR 21
LT Soldering tips
WTA 50
WTA Tips
Standard Line
HAP 1
Hot air nozzles
Hot air iron
FE 75
LT Soldering tips
FE 80
HT Soldering tips
WMP
NT Soldering tips
Fast Response
WP 65
XNT Soldering tips
WP 120
XT Soldering tips
WP 200
XHT Soldering tips
FE-Soldering Iron
SolderingDesoldering
53
Soldering and Desoldering Stations
WXD 2 (available spring 2012)
Cost effective because only one station is needed
Less rework by optimal use of tools and the correct working tempe-
rature. Reduction of running costs by longer tip lifetime
Desoldering iron vith stand-by mode
ESD safe
WR 2
Only one station that meets all reowrk requirements
Unique compatibility
All tools are connectable
2 independent channesl with automatic tool recognition guarantees
simultanuous operation of 2 tools
ESD safe
ESD
ESD
54
WXD 2 WR 2
Dimension L x B x H 273 x 235 x 102 mm
Weight: ca. 6,7 kg
Channels 2 2
Power supply 230 V 230 V
Power supply 255 W 250 W
Protection class 1 power unit, 3 Soldering irons
Fuse T500 mA (230 V / 50/60 Hz)
Fuse: overcurrent release 1,5 A
Temperature control of channels Soldering- and desoldering irons continuously
50°C - 550°C (150°F - 999°F)
Temperature control range is tool independend
Soldering iron WP 80 / WP 120: 50°C - 450°C (150°F - 850°F)
Soldering iron WP 200 / WSP 150: 50°C - 550°C (150°F - 950°F)
Soldering iron WMRT / WMRP: 100°C - 450°C (200°F - 850°F)
Desoldering iron DSX 80 / DSXV 80: 50°C - 450°C (150°F - 850°F)
Hot air irons HAP 200 / HAP 1: 50°C - 550°C (150°F - 950°C)
Temperature accuracy ± 9°C
Temperature stability ± 2°C
Bleeder Soldering tip (Tip to ground) Conform IPC-J-001
Bleeder voltage Soldering tip (Tip to ground) Conform IPC-J-001
Pump (periodic duty30/30 s) Max. pressure 0,7 bar
Air consumption 35 l/min –
Hot Air – max. 15 l/min
Display LCD
Temperature control Keys Keys
ESD safe yes yes
Equipotentional bonding Via 3.5 mm pawl socket (hard grounded normal state)
USB interface yes no
Order-no. T005 34 266 99 T005 33 776 99
Technical Data
SolderingDesoldering
55
Soldering and desoldering
station, 2 channels with
WXDP 120 and soldering
iron WXP 120
Soldering and Desoldering Stations
Order-no. Model Description
T005 34 286 99 WXD 2010 Set Solder- and Desoldering station, 2 channels
200 W (255 W)
Scope of supply:
1 T005 34 266 99 WXD 2 Power Unit
2 T005 13 201 99 WXDP 120 Desoldering iron
3 T005 15 172 99 WDH 70 Safety rest with brass wool
Order-no. Model Description
T005 34 296 99 WXD 2020 Set Solder- and Desoldering station, 2 channels
200 W (255 W)
Scope of supply:
1 T005 34 266 99 WXD 2 Power Unit
2 T005 13 201 99 WXDP 120 Desoldering iron
3 T005 15 172 99 WDH 70 Safety rest with brass wool
4 T005 29 202 99 WXP 120 Soldering iron
5 T005 15 121 99 WDH 10 Safety rest with brass wool
1
1
2
2
3
4
5
3
WXD 2010
WXD 2020
Desoldering station, 2 chan-
nels digital and electronically
controlled with desoldering
iron WXDP 120
Soldering- and desoldering
tools with intelligent
WX technology
Connection to external
compressed air supply for
high vacuum
Energy effective: automatic
stand-by mode for tools
Patented, ESD safe glas
display. Simpel and fast
setting of soldering parameter.
* Available Spring 2012
XT Soldering tip series
page 162/163
XDS Nozzle-series
page 187
XT Soldering tip series
page 162/163
XDS Nozzle-series
page 187
New products enlarge the WX family. A new WXD 2 desoldering station and a new WXDP desoldering iron.
These tools are ideal for professional rework applications of the latest electronic components in the industrial
operation. Typically for the WX stations: soldering and desoldering parameters can be saved easily on the iron.
The WXDP 120 heats up within 35 sec. only. With stand-by function.
56
Order-no. Model Description
T005 33 796 99 WR 2000D Desoldering station, 2 channels, 250 W
Scope of supply:
1 T005 33 776 99 WR 2 Power unit
2 T005 13 190 99 DSX 80 Desoldering iron 80 W / 24 V
3 T005 13 150 00 DX 113 HM Nozzle inner-Ø 1,2 mm
4 T005 15 152 99 WDH 30 Safety rest with brass wool
Power cable
Equipotential bonding (normal state hard grounded)
1
2
3
WR 2000D
Power unit, 2 channels with
soldering iron DSX 80 and
safety rest WDH 30.
Repair kit for soldering and
desoldering
DX Soldering tip series
page 184
SolderingDesoldering
57
Soldering StationsHot Air
More than just hot air...
Electronically controlled hot air station. Best soldering results
with inert gas or compressed air for component save soldering
Fix solder joints
Easy handling of air volume and temperature parameters
Automatic tool recognition
Best soldering results
Small and compact housing
This station is easy to integrate to the workplace and supports the
organization of soldering processes.
Small power unit
58
Hot Air
Low running costs by safety rests Stop & Go function
Foot switch for activating the hot air
Temperature sensor for process control
Control via PC possible
59
Hot Air
WR 2
max. power supply 250 W
LR 21
LT Soldering tips
WTA 50
WTA Nozzles
Standard Line
WMP
NT Soldering tips
Fast Response
WP 120
XT Soldering tips
WP 200
XHT Soldering tips
WP 80
LT Soldering tips
WSP 150
LHT Soldering tips
Silver line
MPR 80
LT Soldering tips
WP 65
XNT Soldering tips
All products without lines can be connected to all soldering stations
60
Hot Air
WAD 101
Preheating plate
Soldering bath
Wire stripper
WHP 80
WSB 80 WSB 150
WST 82
max. power supply 100 W
HAP 1
Hot air nozzles
Hot air iron
FE 75
LT Soldering tips
FE 80
HT Soldering tips
DXV 80
DX Nozzles
DSX 80
DX Nozzles
Desoldering iron FE-Soldering iron
61
Hot Air
For every application we offer the optimal tool
From to 100 to 700 W
Wide nozzle program
WR 2 WAD 101
Technical Data
Dimension (L x B x H) 273 x 235 x 102 mm 166 x 134 x 101
Weight ca. 6,7 kg
Channels 2 1
Power supply 230 V 230 V
Power input 250 W 150 W
Protection class I
Fuse Fuse: overcurrent release 1,5 A 230 V: T 630 mA / 120 V: T 1,0 A
Temperature range Soldering- and desoldering irons continuously °C Version:
50°C – 550°C (150°F – 999°F) Hot air 50°C – 550°C
Temperature control range Soldering iron 50°C – 550°C
is tool independend °F Version:
WP 80 / WP 120 Hot air 122°F – 999°F
50°C – 450°C (150°F – 850°F) Soldering iron 122°F – 842°F
WP 200
50°C – 550°C (150°F – 950°F)
WSP 150
50°C – 550°C (150°F – 950°F)
DSX 80 / DXV 80
50°C – 450°C (150°F – 850°F)
HAP 1
50°C – 550°C (150°F – 999°F)
Temperature accuracy ± 9°C (± 20°F) Hot air ± 30°C (± 54°F)
Soldering iron ± 9°C (± 17°F)
Temperature accuracy HAP 1 ± 30°C (± 50°F)
Temperature stability ± 2°C (± 5°F)
Air volume ca. 0 – 10 l/min.
Pressure Pressure input, 400 kPa (58 psi), oilfree, dry compressed air or inert gas N2
Vacuum no no
Order-no. T005 33 776 99 T005 32 686 99
62
2
1
3
2
1
3
4
Order-no. Model Description
T005 33 786 99 WR 2000A Hot air station, 2 channels 250 W / 230 V
Scope of supply:
1 T005 33 776 99 WR 2 Power unit 250 W
2 T005 27 115 99 HAP 1 Hot air iron 100 W / 24 V
T005 87 278 22 R 06 Hot air nozzle R 06 round ø 3,0 mm
3 T005 15 152 99 WDH 30 Safety rest with brass wool
Power cable
Equipotential bonding (normal state hard grounded)
Order-no. Model Description
T005 32 666 99 WAD 101 Hot air station, 1 channel 150 W / 230 V
Scope of supply:
1 T005 32 686 99 PU WAD101 Power Unit 150 W
2 T005 27 115 99 HAP 1 Hot air iron 100 W / 24 V
T005 87 278 22 R 06 Hot air nozzle R 06 round ø 3,0 mm
3 T005 15 027 99 KH 27 Safety rest with cleaning sponge
4 T005 87 278 21 R 04 Hot air nozzle round ø 1,2 mm
Accessories
Order-no. Description
T005 87 388 50 Adapter for foot switch
T005 13 120 99 Foot switch 1 step
Hot Air
WR 2000A
WAD 101
Hot air station, 2 channels
with hot air iron HAP 1
Large hot air set
Simultanuous operation
of 2 soldering tools
All soldering tools upto
80 W connectable
Hot air station, 1 channel
with HAP 1 soldering iron
Small hot air set
For hot air irons or soldering
irons upto 80 W
Hot air nozzles
page 188/189
Hot air nozzles
page 188/189
63
Hot Air
1
2
5
3
4
Order-no. Model Description
T005 33 366 99 WHA 3000V Hot air station 700 W / 230 V
Scope of supply:
1 WHA 3000V Power unit 230 V for use with
compressed air or inert gas
2 HAP 3000 Hot air iron
3 T005 15 043 99 AKT 30 Safety rest with Stop & Go function
T005 87 577 70 Foot switch 2 steps
4 T005 15 049 99 Nozzle change tool
5 T005 87 507 21 NQ 30 Nozzle, 4 side heated, 17,5 x 23,5 mm
Order-no. Model Description
T005 33 346 99 WHA 3000P Hot air station 700 W / 230 V
Scope of supply:
1 WHA 3000P Power Unit 230 V with integrated turbine
2 HAP 3000 Hot air iron
3 T005 15 043 99 AKT 30 Safety rest with Stop & Go function
T005 87 577 70 Foot switch 2 steps
4 T005 15 049 99 Nozzle change tool
5 T005 87 507 21 NQ 30 Nozzle, 4 side heated, 17,5 x 23,5 mm
The Weller WHA hot air stations are designed for soldering and desoldering sensitive SMD components with hot air.
The station use temperature and volume controlled hot air with Weller patented nozzle technology. 3 stations are
available: a digital hot air station with integrated turbine and vacuum (WHA 3000V and WHA 3000P) and an analog
hot air station without vacuum for easy applications (WHA 900). A wide range of different nozzles for common SMD
components are available.
WHA 3000V
WHA 3000P
With integrated vacuum
700 W Hot air station
For compressed air or
inert gas.
700 W Hot air station
With integrated vacuum
With integrated turbine
Hot air nozzles
page 190-193
Hot air nozzles
page 190-193
1
2
5
3
4
ESD
ESD
64
Order-no. Model Description
T005 31 716 99 WHA 900 Hot air station 700 W / 230 V
Accessory:
T005 15 048 99 Depositing rackNR, ND, NQ
T005 15 157 99 Holder for WHA 900
Attention: Hot air nozzles are not included in the scope of supply (see page 190-193).
WHA 900 with Foot switch
Order-no. Model Description
T005 31 716 70 WHA 900 as WHA 900 (see above) with foot switch for
activating the hot air
Scope of supply:
T005 31 716 99 WHA 900 (see above WHA 900)
T005 13 120 99 Foot switch 1 step
Hot Air
WHA 900
700 W hot air station for
easy repair applications and
heating processes as e.g.
shrinking
Brushless turbine for ideal
hot air flow
Hot air temperature is
electronically controlled
Hot air nozzles
page 190-193
6966 EK Hot Air Heat Gun
Order-no. Model Description
6966EK 6966EK Hot Air Heat Gun 210 W / 230 V
Scope of supply:
Hot Air Heat Gun 210 W
6964 0,2“ Reflector 0,2"
6957 1,5“ Reflector 1,5"
6958 Shrinking nozzle
Accessory:
6965A Holder for gun
For heat shrinking, drying or
to detect faulty components
on circuit boards.
Cooling is possible because
the air flow is independent
of the heater.
Temperature range ca.
400°C - 430°C
ESD
ESD
65
Hot Air
Order-no. Model Description
T005 15 155 99 WRK Reflow system for SMD components with
external hot air
works with deslodering station WR 3M
Scope of supply:
Reflow housing:
once each 33 x 33 mm, 27 x 27 mm, 24 x 24 mm, 20 x 20 mm,
15,5 x 15,5 mm, 12,5 x 12,5 mm, 10 x 10 mm
Vacuum Pick-up 4,5 mm
Vacuum Pick-up 10 mm
Tripod Pick-up
Depositing rack for nozzles
WRK Reflow system
Reflow system with vacuum
pick-up
For desoldering of SMD
components 30 X 30 mm
Accessories
Order-no. Description
T005 15 154 99 Despositing rack for nozzles
T005 87 617 32 Reflow housing Set
10 x 10 mm, 12,5 x 12,5 mm, 15,5 x 15,5 mm
T005 87 617 31 Reflow housing Set 20 x 20 mm, 27 x 27 mm
T005 87 617 30 Reflow housing Set 33 x 33 mm, 24 x 24 mm
T005 87 137 99 Rubber insert Ø 4,5 mm, 10 pieces
T005 87 137 98 Rubber insert Ø 10,0 mm, 10 pieces
66
Order-no. Model Description
T005 87 617 30 WRK Set Reflowset 33 x 33 mm / 24 mm x 24 mm
Scope of supply:
T005 87 130 01 Rubber insert,10,0 CSF, 3 pieces
T005 87 610 19 Spring, 3 pieces
T005 87 617 09 Vacuum Pick up Ø 10,0 mm
T005 87 617 10 Reflow housing 33 x 33 mm
T005 87 617 12 Reflow housing 24 x 24 mm
T005 87 617 24 VAC-hose, WRK
Order-no. Model Description
T005 87 617 31 WRK Set Reflowset 27 x 27 mm / 20 mm x 20 m
Scope of supply:
T005 87 130 01 Rubber insert,10,0 CSF, 4 pieces.
T005 87 610 19 Spring, 4 Stk.
T005 87 617 09 Vacuum Pick up Ø 10,0 mm
T005 87 617 11 Entlötgehäuse 27 x 27 mm
T005 87 617 13 Entlötgehäuse 20 x 20 mm
T005 87 617 24 VAC-hose, WVP-WRK
Order-no. Model Description
T005 87 617 32 WRK Set Reflowset 18 x 18 mm / 15,5 mm x 15,5 mm /
12,5 x 12,5 mm / 10 mm x 10 mm
Scope of supply:
T005 87 130 02 Rubber insert, 4,5 CSF/WVP, 3 pieces
T005 87 617 03 Tripod
T005 87 617 08 Vacuum Pick up Ø 4,5 mm
T005 87 617 14 Reflow housing 18 x 18 mm
T005 87 617 15 Reflow housing 15,5 x 15,5 mm
T005 87 617 16 Reflow housing 12,5 x 12,5 mm
T005 87 617 17 Reflow housing 10 x 10 mm
T005 87 617 24 VAC-hose, WVP-WRK
WRK Sets
Hot Air
67
BGA/QFP Rework Systems
Rework
70
BGA/QFP Rework Systems
Technical Data
WHA 3000P WHA 3000V WQB 4000SOPS
Dimensions
(B x L x H) mm:
240 x 270 x 170 240 x 270 x 101
Dimensions
(W x L x H) inch: 9,44 x 10,63 x 6,69 9,44 x 10,63 x 3,97
Mains supply voltage: 230 V 230 V 230 V
Power Output: 700 W 700 W 2300 W
Top heating: 700 W
Heating plate: large 1600 W (260 x 260 mm)
small 400 W (120 x 120 mm)
(switchable)
Compressed air supply: – 400 – 600 kPa gereinigte, 400 – 600 kPa gereinigte,
trockene Druckluft trockene Druckluft
Temperature accuracy: 50°C – 550°C 50°C – 550°C continuously variable 50°C – 400°C
+/ - 30°C (+ - 54°F) +/ - 30°C (+ - 54°F) Control accuracy ±10°C
Air volume hot air: continuously variable 5 – 50 l/min
Air consumption: 5 – 50 l/min 5 – 50 l/min 60 – 100 l/min
Safety Class: 1 (control unit and hand 1 (control unit and hand 1
piece hard grounded) piece hard grounded)
Order-no. T005 33 346 99 T005 33 366 99 T005 33 706 99
71
Rework
Order-no. Model Description
T005 33 556 99 WHA 3000PS Set Hot air station
Scope of supply:
1 T005 33 346 99 WHA 3000P 700 W Hot air station with integrated turbine
2 T005 33 165 99 WBHS Circuit board holder with pivoting stand
3 T005 33 386 99 WHP 3000 Infrared preheating plate, 600 W
WHA 3000PS Set – The versatile system for repair and rework of fine pitch and BGA components
The WHA 3000P will perform demanding repair tasks on circuit boards with complex fine pitch surface mounted
components. The advanced control technology coupled with user-friendly operation, guarantees precision of repair
processes. While the sophisticated automatic operation mode guarantees repeatability of the process and increases
productivity and quality. Extensive range accessories compliment the machine to promote flexibility.
Further Accessories see page 73.
Patented Weller nozzle technology for maximum process control and user friendly operation. The powerful variable
speed controlled turbine generates an air volume of up to 50 litres/min. An iron trap so that charge free hot air is
directed at the component. Memory space to store up to 10 thermal profiles to ensure process repeatability.
Manual operation or operation via PC software.
WHA 3000PS Set
700 W Hot air station
Integrated turbine
Set with Infrared preheating
plate and circuit board holder
BGA Hot air nozzles
page 190-193
Order-no. Model Description
T005 33 346 99 WHA 3000P 700 W Hot air station with turbine
WHA 3000P
700 W
Hot air station with turbine
BGA Hot air nozzles
page 190-193
2
1
3
72
BGA/QFP Rework Systems
Order-no. Model Description
T005 33 165 99 WBHS Circuit board holder with a pivoting stand
WBHS
Circuit board holder with
a pivoting stand
For boards upto
310 x 320 mm
WBHS Circuit board holder with a pivoting stand for the HAP 3000 hot air pencil. Circuit boards upto 310 mm x 320
mm can be accommodated. The circuit board holder ensures that the hot air pencil is vertical to the printed circuit
board under repair and the pivoting stand allows the HAP 3000 hot air pencil to be raised and lowered precisely
onto the component being reworked.
Order-no. Model Description
T005 33 596 99 WHA 3000VS Set 700 W Hot air station
Scope of supply:
T005 33 366 99 WHA 3000V Hot air station 700 W for
use with inert gas
T005 33 165 99 WBHS Circuit board holder with pivoting stand
T005 33 386 99 WHP 3000 Infrared preheating plate, 600 W
WHA 3000VS Set
700 W
For use with inert gas
Hot air nozzles
page 190-193
Figure shows WHA 3000V
73
Rework
WHP 3000
Infrared preheating plate
600 W, 230 V
Temperature range 120 x 190 mm
Temperature range 50°C – 400°C
Digital display for set and actual
temperature
Digitally controlled
3 Infrared high temperature ceramic
elements for fast and efficient heat up
2 heated zones can be selected
External sensor (accessory) connectable
RS 232-Interface cable e.g. for connec-
tion to WHA 3000 hot air station
Easy Fix board holder
(as WHP 200 see page 80)
Order-no. Model Description
T005 33 386 99 WHP 3000 Infrared preheating plate 600 W / 230 V
with Easy Fix board holder
ESD
WHP 3000
Infrared preheating plate
1200 W, 230 V
Temperature range 190 x 245 mm
Temperature range 50°C – 400°C
Digital display for set and actual
temperature
Digitally controlled
3 Infrared high temperature ceramic
elements for fast and efficient heat up
2 Easy Fix board holder
(as WHP 200 see page 80)
Order-no. Model Description
T005 33 646 99 WHP 3000 Infrared preheating plate 1200 W / 230 V
with Easy Fix board holder
Accessory:
T005 31 191 99 RS 232 Interface cable
T005 31 190 99 K-Thermoelement 0,5 mm
T005 33 165 99 WBHS Circuit board holder with pivoting stand
T005 33 164 99 WBH Circuit board holder without pivoting stand
ESD
74
BGA/QFP Rework Systems
Weller WQB Rework System
The WQB 4000 SOPS rework system upgrades the Weller product range in the SMD tool sector. A well thought-out
design concept combines reliability and maximum process control with ease of use and technicaly mature detail
solutions. Usefull accessories increase the possible uses of these repair work stations. For the universal circuit
board repair of BGA, QFP and SMD components, it is necessary to preheat the circuit board effectively from below
and from above to precisely heat the components to be repaired to the reflow temperature as well as to reliably
control the process. On the WQB 4000 the temperature regulated 2-Zone infrared bottom heater provides rapid
warm-up and homgeneous substrate temperatures. The hot air top heater, with digital control electronics for
temperature monitoring and regulation of the air flow rate, facilitates the finely metered supply of heat to
the components.
A temperature sensor placed directly in the hot air nozzle efficiently regulates the top heater and thus provides
maximum process control. On the digital programming unit all process steps can be programmed, saved and
if necessary protected against unauthorized use as required. The most important process parameters are optionally
displayed on the LC display during operation. Camera with two-color lighting for exact positioning.
75
Rework
Order-no. Model Description
T005 33 706 99 WQB 4000SOPS BGA/SMT Rework system 2300 W / 230 V
Scope of supply:
Base unit with top heater, bottom heater, control electronics and pneumatic unit
Infrared radiation 1600 W
Positioning unit with digital camera and split optic
Circuit board holder with fine adjustment in X and Y direction
Temperature sensor PT 100
Nozzle change tool
Thermoelement type K 0,1 mm
5 pcs. Vacuum inserts Ø 4,5 mm
5 pcs. Vacuum inserts Ø 10,0 mm
Reducer insert for the vacuum pickup
Software WQB 4000 CONTROL and WQB 4000 SOPS
USB cable
Calibration tool
Vacuum pick up with 2 changeable vacuum inserts
Mains cable
2 m connecting tube for compressed air
Instruction manual
Max. PC board size 450 x 500 mm
WQB 4000SOPS
2300 W / 230 V
BGA/SMT Rework system
For components placing
with camera support placing
system
BGA Hot air nozzles
page 194
76
BGA/QFP Rework Systems
Order-no. Description
T005 87 549 24 Clamping set for irregluar shaped circuit boards
(e.g. mobilephones, video/digital camera boards, etc.)
Clamping set
Accessories for für WQB 4000SOPS, WQB
3000OPS, WQB 3000 and WHA 3000 PS / VS
Order-no. Description
T005 87 557 45 Support for large circuit boards
Support
Order-no. Description
T005 87 548 73 WQB 3000 Adjustable circuit board stop
T005 87 559 56 WQB 4000 Adjustable circuit board stop
Adjustable circuit
board stop
Order-no. Description
T005 87 557 41 Spring-loaded downholder with magnet stand
Downholder
77
Rework
Order-no. Description
T005 87 549 48 Temperature sensor
Temperature sensor
Order-no. Description
T005 87 557 82 Thermoelement type K, Ø 0,1 mm
T005 31 190 99 Thermoelement type K, Ø 0,5 mm
Thermoelement
Order-no. Description
T005 87 549 70 NQ adapter for WQB 2000/3000/4000
NQ-Adapter
Order-no. Description
T005 87 137 99 Vacuum insert Ø 4,5 mm, 10 Stück
T005 87 137 98 Vacuum insert Ø 10,0 mm, 10 Stück
Vacuum insert
78
Accessories for Temperature Measuring and Calibration
WCB 2
Measuring and Calibration Box
Order-no. Model Description
T005 31 180 99 WCB 2 Calibration unit
Scope of supply:
Calibration unit
Battery 4 x 1,5 V
Accessories:
T005 31 184 99 Network adapter 230 V, 50 Hz
T005 31 190 99 Thermoelement type K, ø 0,5 mm
T005 31 191 99 Interface Cable RS 232
WCB 2 Measuring and Calibration Box
The WCB 2 is an external input unit for programming additional functions. It works with every digital Weller sta-
tion. The setting is fast and easy. Battery powered supply makes the box independent from any mains and easy to
transport. The WCB 2 has an PC interface (RS 232) and an integrated temperature gauge for thermo couple type K
(accessory). The functions are:
OFFSET: Correction value for soldering tip
temperature
SETBACK: Reduction of the set temperature
after a specified period of time
LOCK: Locking the set temperature
°C/°F: Switching temperature display °C/°F
WINDOW: Setting a set value window.
If the actual temperature is within the set
value window a potential-free contact is
activated
Temperature measuring tips are available
for each soldering iron
79
Accessories
WTT 5
Temperature measuring system
Temperature range
50°C –500°C
Tolerance +/- 5°C
Dimensions 166 x 115 x 101 mm
(L x W x H)
Order-no. Model Description
T005 31 246 99 WTT 1 Temperature measuring system
Scope of supply:
Power unit
T005 29 109 99 Sonde für WTT 1
WTT 1 Temperature Measuring Unit
The WTT 1 digitaltemperature measuring system has been specially designed for measuring the temperature of
soldering iron tips. The probe has a double sensor system and an own internal heat source. The measured tempe-
rature is fed to a control system that records the flow of heat in the probe and stabilises it with the aid of the
internal heat source. This design ensures that no heat is drawn by the probe from the object to be measured.
Erroneous measurements due to the large thermal load of the probe are thus prevented.
The measured temperature is indicated on a three-digit LED display to a resolution of 1°C. A red dot in the display
is used to indicate the measured value and simplifies the reading of the measured temperature. An adjustable pre-
heat temperature ensures a rapid response even at high temperatures. Different methods of equipotentioal bon-
ding and the ESD appropriate design of the control unit and probe supplement the quality of this measuring unit.
Temperature
Measuring System
Connection to WCB 2
calibration unit
For measuring soldering tip
temperature
Order-no. Model Description
T005 13 832 99 For connection to unit WCB 2 or all other
temperature measure instruments with
K2 sensor port.
ESD
80
Accessories Preheating plates
WHP 80 Preheating plate
80 W, 24 V
Heating surface 80 x 50 mm
Temperature range 50°C-200°C
For all Weller stations with min. 80 W
Size housing 150 x 120 x 65 mm
(L x B x H)
Order-no. Model Description
T005 27 028 99 WHP 80 Preheating plate 80 W, 24 V, 80 x 50 mm
Preheating plates are used to preheat circuit boards under repair to reduce the possibility of thermal damages and
to reduce the heat requirement of the soldering tool for speeding up the repair process.
ESD
WHP 1000 Preheating plate
1000 W, 24 V
Heating surface
Temperature range
RS 232 Interface e.g. for connection to
Weller hot air stations WHA 3000
Digital display for set and read temperature
Element Type K (accessory) connectable
Order-no. Model Description
T005 33 648 99 WHP 1000 Preheating plate 1000 W, 230 V, 220 x 150 mm
ESD
WHP 200
Infrared preheating plate
200 W, 24 V
Heating surface 120 x 60 mm
Temperature range 50°C - 400°C
Digital display for set and read temperature
Electronic temperature control
Infrared high temperature ceramic elements
for fast and efficient heat up
2 Easy Fix board holder
ESD safe
Order-no. Model Description
T005 33 716 99 WHP 200 Preheating plate 200 W, 230 V, 120 x 60 mm
with easy fix board holder
ESD
81
Accessories
WHP 3000
Infrared preheating plate
600 W, 230 V
Heating surface 120 x 190 mm
Temperature range 50°C - 400°C
Digital display for set and read temperature
Electronic temperature control
3 Infrared high temperature ceramic
elements for fast and efficient heat up
Two heated zones can be selected
Element Type K (accessory) connectable
RS 232 Interface e.g. for connection to
Weller hot air stations WHA 3000
2 Easy Fix board holder
(as WHP 200 page 80)
Order-no. Model Description
T005 33 386 99 WHP 3000 Infrared preheating plate 600 W / 230 V
with Easy Fix board holder
ESD
WHP 3000
Infrared preheating plate
1200 W, 230 V
Heating surface 190 x 245 mm
Temperature range 50°C - 400°C
Digital display for set and read
temperature
Electronic temperature control
3 Infrared high temperature ceramic
elements for fast and efficient heat up
2 Easy Fix board holder
(as WHP 200 page 80)
Order-no. Model Description
T005 33 646 99 WHP 3000 Infrared preheating plate 1200 W, 230 V
with Easy Fix board holder
Accessories:
T005 31 191 99 RS 232 Interface Cable
T005 31 190 99 Thermoelement Type K 0,5 mm
T005 33 165 99 WBHS PC board holder with pivoting stand
T005 33 164 99 WBH PC board holder without stand
ESD
82
Accessories PCB Board Holders
USB Microscope
Order-no. Model Description
T005 13 835 99 USB Microscope with digital camera
and adjustable work stand
ESD
ESF 120ESD PCB board holder
Max. size 160 x 235 mm
Rotates through 360° in increments of 15°
Spring clamp
Cushioned arm for component fixing
Order-no. Model Description
T005 15 026 99 ESF 120ESD PCB board holder
ESD
WBH 2 PCB board holder
Max. size 310 x 320 mm
Order-no. Model Description
T005 33 167 99 WBH2 Board holder without stand
Microscope with digital camera and USB
interface
Adjustable work stand
Application software
Resolution: 1280 x 1024 MP
Interface: USB 2.o
Magnification: 20X – 90X
Sensor 1/3“ Color CMOS
Video frame rate: up to 30 Fps
Illumination: 8 build-in Hightech LEDs
LED on/off controlled by software
Save file format: BMP....
Dimensions: 100 mm (L) x 32 mm (D)
Cable length: approx. 1,8 m
83
Accessories
WBHS PCB
board holder with stand
Same as WBHS, but
without stand
Order-no. Model Description
T005 33 165 99 WBHS PCB board holder with stand
for WHA 3000P + WHA 3000V
Stand of WBHS
Order-no. Description
T005 33 166 99 Stand of WBHS
WBH PCB board
holder without stand
Order-no. Model Description
T005 33 164 99 WBH PCB board holder without stand
Accessories for WBHS, WBH, WQB and BGA/QFP
Rework system
Order-no. Description
T005 87 548 73 Adjustable circuit boarder stop
T005 87 557 45 Support for large dimensioned circuit boards
T005 87 557 41 Downholder for circuit boards
T005 87 549 24 Clamping set for irregular shaped circuit boards
(e.g. mobile phones, video/digital camera boards, etc.)
Max. size 310 x 320 mm
Board positioning in X and Y directions
For single and doublesided boards
Stand to mount hot air pencil HAP 3000
Preheating plate WHP 3000 could be fitted
under the board holder
84
Accessories Soldering Bathes
W101 H Soldering Bath
100 W, 230 V
Inside Ø 17,4 mm, depth 22 mm
Different temperatures available
Magnastat temperature control
Horizontal stand
For lead free solder
Order-no. Model Description
T005 61 093 99 W101 H Miniature soldering bath 100 W, 230 V
Scope of supply:
Miniature soldering bath with 330°C insert
and horizontal stand
Accessories:
T005 11 706 99 Insert for temperature 285°C
T005 11 707 99 Insert for temperature 330°C
T005 11 708 99 Insert for temperature 380°C
T005 11 709 99 Insert for temperature 450°C
Rework preparation tool e.g. for tin coating of wire ends and cleaning of leads and wires from excess and dirt.
All soldering baths are suitable for leadfree solder.
WSB 80 Soldering Bath
80 W, 24 V
Inside Ø 20 mm, depth 25 mm
Temperature range 50°C – 450°C
Connectable to all Weller 80 W digital stations
V2A tray to guard against dripping solder
residue
Size housing: 150 x 120 x 65 mm
(L x B x H)
Heat-up time ~ 7 min (50°C – 350°C)
For lead free solder
Order-no. Model Description
T005 27 040 99 WSB 80 Soldering bath 80 W, 24 V
WSB 150 Soldering Bath
150 W, 24 V
Lötbadgröße: 58 x 33 x 19 mm (L x B x H)
Temperature range 50°C – 450°C
Connectable to all Weller 150 W digital stations
V2A tray to guard against dripping solder residue
Size housing: 150 x 120 x 65 mm (L x B x H)
Heat-up time ~ 11 min (50°C – 350°C)
For lead free solder
Order-no. Model Description
T005 27 042 99 WSB 150 WSB 150 Soldering bath 150 W, 24 V
85
Accessories
Thermal
stripping tool
WST 82 KIT1
Order-no. Model Description
T005 25 032 99 WST 82 KIT1 Thermal stripping tool 80 W, 24 V
Scope of supply:
Thermal stripping tool WST 82
T005 87 250 34 Brush
7 T005 87 257 42 Cutting knife set
3 T005 87 257 26 Knife Set AWG 12, 16, 24
Safety rest
The Weller WST 82 temperature controlled thermal stripping tool is suitable to all 80 W Weller stations.
It strips off thermoplastic insulation materials by using precisely shaped stripping blades.
The stripping length is adjustable up to 30 mm. Optimal temperature control via power unit (accessory).
Thermal
stripping tool
WST 82 KIT2
Suitable to all 80 W
Weller stations
Flex cord for 1,5 - 3,5 m
working distance
Für Flachbandkabel und
Runddrähte geeignet
Order-no. Model Description
T005 25 031 99 WST 82 KIT2 Thermal stripping tool 80 W, 24 V
with flexcord for wider operation range
Scope of supply:
Thermal stripping tool WST 82
1 T005 87 250 34 Brush
6 T005 87 257 36 V-Knife Set 4,25 mm x 2 mm
Safety rest
Accessories WST 82
Order-no. Description
2 T005 87 257 22 Universal knife set 9 mm x 2 mm
3 T005 87 257 26 Knife set AWG AWG 12, 16, 24 (2,0, 1,3, 0,51 mm)
4 T005 87 257 29 Knife set AWGAWG 12, 14, 24, 26 (2,0, 1,6, 0,51, 0,4 mm)
5 T005 87 257 32 Knife set AWG AWG 14, 18, 22, 26 (1,6, 1,02, 0,64, 0,4 mm)
6 T005 87 257 36 V-Knife set AWG 4,25 mm x 2 mm
7 T005 87 257 42 Cutting knife set, width 23 mm 23 mm
Suitable to all 80 W
Weller stations
Für Flachbandkabel und
Runddrähte geeignet
2 3 4 5 6 7
6
1
3 7
86
Accessories Desoldering Pumps
SA 21A
Manual desoldering pump
Length 200 mm
Metal housing
antistatic
Order-no. Model Description
SA21A SA 21A Manual desoldering pump
Accessories:
SA 21A1 Entlötspitze antistatisch für SA 21A
With the hand-held desoldering pumps a vacuum is produced by means of a piston, cylinder and spring force.
The piston is tensioned manually and secured automatically. The piston is moved back suddenly by pressing the
release button and a vacuum is created briefly so that the soldered joint is freed of liquid solder.
PS 100A
Manual desoldering pump
Length 150 mm
Strong vacuum,
minimal rebound
Metal housing
antistatic
(mit Spitze PS 1001A)
Order-no. Model Description
PS100A PS 100A Manual desoldering pump
Accessories:
PS 1001A Desoldering tip antistatic for PS 100A
PS 200A
Manual desoldering pump
Length 200 mm
Strong vacuum,
minimal rebound
Metal housing
antistatic
(with tip PS 2001A)
Order-no. Model Description
PS200A PS 200A Manual desoldering pump
Accessories:
PS 2001A Desoldering tip antistatic for PS 200A
87
Accessories
Vakuum-Pen
For easy pick and place of delicate SMD components. The vacuum pen avoids stress and damages to the leads.
The versatile compact sized pen is independent from compressed air or batteries.
WLSK 200 Vacuum-Pen
Order-no. Model Description
WLSK200 WLSK 200 Vacuum-Pen
Accessories:
WLSK200T18 WLSKT 18 Replacement with tip, rubber 3,2 mm
WLSK200T38 WLSKT 38 Replacement with tip, rubber 9,5 mm
KDS260S KDS 260S Replacement rubber Ø 3,2 mm
KDS260M KDS 260S Replacement rubber Ø 6,4 mm
KDS260L KDS 260L Replacement rubber Ø 9,5 mm
SD 1000 Solder Dispenser
For use of coils up to 1000 g and
Length 95 mm, core Ø > 17 mm
Length 70 mm, core Ø > 12 mm
Length 84 mm, core Ø < 12 mm
Order-no. Model Description
T005 13 017 99 SD 1000 Solder Dispenser
ABW 2 Extension
for additional reel
For use of coils up to 1000 g and
Length 95 mm, core Ø > 17 mm
Length 70 mm, core Ø > 12 mm
Length 84 mm core Ø < 12 mm
Order-no. Model Description
T005 13 013 99 ABW 2 Extension for additional reel, to be
fixed on SD 1000
88
Accessories Cleaning Tools
WDC Dry cleaner
No-clean Flussmittel
Minimierung der Spitzenerosion
Flussmittelanteil: 3,5 %
Verdoppelung der Lötspitzenstandzeiten
Superior wetting properties
Reduced spring effect - less solder splashes
Order-no. Model Description
T005 15 124 99 WDC Trockenreiniger für Lötspitzen mit Messing
Reinigungswolle
Accessories:
T005 13 840 99 Brass cleaning wool for WDC (2 pieces)
T005 13 824 99 Metal wool for WDC 2 (2 pieces)
The solution for cleaning from lead free solder!
When using lead free it will be experienced an increased oxidation in the wettable area of the tip. These oxides must
be removed regularly otherwise it will make the tip completely unwettable and not usable anymore. When cleaning
the tip by means of the Weller WDC Dry Cleaner a special brass wool is used. First the surplus solder is removed by
tapping the tip on the soft edge of the collector box.The final cleaning is then done by pushing and turning the tip
in the brass wool. After cleaning there is still a fine rest of solder on the tip avoiding fast oxidation of the iron layer
which is an advantage versus the cleaning by the wet sponge. The brass wool can be soaked in flux which may im-
prove even the performance. Further informations for cleaning you can find on page 154/155.
WDC 2 Dry cleaner
Order-no. Model Description
T005 15 125 99 WDC 2 Dry Cleaner for WDH safety rests
with brass cleaning wool
Accessories:
T005 13 841 99 Brass cleaning wool for WDC (2 pieces)
T005 13 825 99 Metal wool for WDC 2 (2 pieces)
Stainless steel brush
Order-no. Model Description
T005 13 827 99 Stainless steel brush (3 pieces)
89
Accessories
WPB 1 Grindstone
Cleaning only possible in cold state
of the soldering tip.
Further informations for cleaning
you can find on page 154/155.
Order-no. Model Description
WPB1 WPB1 Grindstone for removal of compact oxid
films on soldering tips.
Tip-Activator
Cleaning only possible in hot
state of the soldering tip.
Further informations for cleaning
you can find on page 154/155.
Order-no. Model Description
T005 13 031 99 Tip-Activator For regeneration of oxidized tips.
WSW Lead free solder wire
for longer tip lifetime
Soldering wire with integrated flux core
Superior wetting properties
Cost reduction due to reduction in tip
change frequency
Not flux soaked - no process pollution
Reduced spring effect - less solder splashes
Reduction of service costs for removing of
oxidised layers
Further informations for cleaning
you can find on page 154/155.
Order-no. Model Description
T005 13 842 99 WSW Lötdraht Ø 0,5 mm, 250 g
T005 13 843 99 WSW Lötdraht Ø 0,8 mm, 250 g
T005 13 845 99 WSW Lötdraht Ø 1,0 mm, 250 g
90
Accessories Cleaning Tools
Desoldering Wires
Order-no. Model Description
T005 13 010 99 Desoldering wire 1,6 m coil, width 1,5 mm
T005 13 011 99 Desoldering wire 1,6 m coil, width 2 mm
T005 13 012 99 Desoldering wire 1,6 m coil, width 2,5 mm
T005 13 028 99 Desoldering wire 15 m coil, width 2,5 mm
T005 13 026 99 Desoldering wire 30 m coil, width 1,5 mm
T005 13 027 99 Desoldering wire 30 m coil, width 2 mm
WDC 2 Dry cleaner
Further informations for cleaning you
can find on page 154/155.
Order-no. Model Description
T005 15 127 99 WDC 2 Dry cleaner
Scope of supply:
1 T005 15 124 99 WDC 2 Weller Dry Cleaner
2 T005 13 031 99 Tip Activator
3 T005 13 827 99 Stainless steel brush
WDC Dry cleaner
Further informations for cleaning you
can find on page 154/155.
The desoldering wires consists of a copper net with flux.
The special surface treatment allows efficient solder removal.
Order-no. Model Description
T005 15 126 99 WDC Dry cleaner
Scope of supply:
1 T005 15 124 99 WDC Weller Dry Cleaner
2 T005 13 031 99 Tip Activator
3 T005 13 827 99 Stainless steel brush
4 WPB 1 Grindstone
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
91
Accessories
Liquid flux
Order-no. Description
T005 13 061 99 Liquid flux (100 ml)
Without brush.
Typ 1.1.3.AF-SW32,
EN29 454
Remaining flux is not corrosive
Liquid flux
Order-no. Description
T005 13 826 99 Liquid flux RMA (15 ml)
With brush
Spot-Mask
Order-no. Model Description
SM15748BK Spot-Mask Suitable for lead free applications.
Stockable 12 months.
Suitable for lead free applications.
The Spot-Mask is a material to protect connectors of PCBs from tinning during the reflow process.
For manual rework the Spot-Mask is easily applied and removed. Mechanical fixture after 6 min, hardened
after 2-3 hours by 20°C, 1 hour by 95°C.
Extension cord
Order-no. Description
T005 32 099 99 Extension cord 2-wire, 4 m for,Soldering iron TCPS
T005 25 098 99 Extension cord 5-wire, 4 m, up to 50 W for
Soldering iron LR 21, MLR 21, WTA 50
T005 26 098 99 Extension cord 7-wire, 3 m, up to 80 W,
for Soldering iron WMP, WP 80, WSP 80
92
Why Fume Extraction ?
Many work environments today, including soldering, adhesives,
welding and laser applications, create particles and gases that
can be harmful to the work place and the environment. Most
people thought that the move to leadfree soldering would
be more nature friendly. In reality leadfree soldering smoke
emissions contain more breathable fine dust particles. More and
smaller particles are produced due to the higher working tempe-
ratures required and because more flux is used in the soldering
process.
In many countries legal regulations governing clean air in the
work place require that hazardous substances are removed from
the air in order to avoid harmful effects on people and machines.
It is important to use the correct safety equipment to remove
these hazardous substances. Fine particles are more dangerous
to inhale than big particles as they get caught more easily and
block the alveoli in the lungs.
To protect the operator it is important to use an extraction
system that is able to separate these particles and gases and then
re-circulates the cleaned air back into the work place. This saves
energy and reduces energy costs.
The smaller the particles are, the deeper they penetrate into
the respiratory system
The deeper the particles penetrate, the higher are the
health risks
The smallest particles travels via alveoli into the bloodstream
Fine dust accumulation in
the human body
Fine dust filter EN 779 F 5
for standard applications
Fine dust filter EN 779 F 7
for applications with high flux content.
HEPA Filter EN 1822 H 12
HEPA Filter EN 1822 H 13
Filter for clean rooms 1000 – 100
Heavy dust
Sand 10.000 μm
Fog
Hair 100 μm
Fibres
Pollen 10 μm
Bacteria
Pigments 5 μm
Smog
Asbestos dust > 1 μm
Viruses < 0,5 μm
90 minutes soldering with leadfree solder wire
before after
93
Fume Extraction
1. Fine dust filter
For standard applications with a small amount of flux and pollu-
tion gases with high solid content, Weller offers filter classes F 5
or F 7.
2. Compact filter consisting of:
HEPA filter
Filter particles up to 0,3 μm.
Weller® offers HEPA (High Efficiency Particulate Air) filters of class
H 12 and H 13, medium filtration efficiency 99,5% / 99,95%.
Wide band gas filter
Wide band gas filter
For cleaning harmful fumes and vapours. The Weller wide band
gas filter consists of 50% active carbon and 50% Puratex. Harm-
ful gases with a high molecular weight are cleaned by the active
carbon. Puratex it suitable for absorbing gases of lower molecu-
lar weight. Because of its composition, Puratex is able to convert
a large number of chemical pollutants by means of molecular
modification into non-polluting gases.
3. Gas filter (option)
The gas filter is used for extracting adhesive fumes and solvents.
Experience has shown that filtring suspended particles is not so
vital in this respect. The gas filter is filled with 50% active carbon
and 50% Puratex. The HEPA H 12 and H 13 is omitted.
Pollution concentration
Filter classes and recommended applications
Filter process
WFE, WFE P WFE 2X
2. or 3.
WFE 20D, WFE 2S,
WFE 4S, WFE 8S,
WFE 2ES
1.
2. or 3.
2. + 3.
1.
Filter drawings not true to original
Medium filtration efficiency Em %
against particle size 0,12 µm
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
Filter class F 5 F 7 H 12 H 13
95 %
97 % >99,5 % >99,95 %
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
0,1 0,5 2,5 12,5
Particle size in μm
Million particles pro m3
Increasing soldering temperature causes higher
pollutant concentration of small particles!
Leadfree solder 340 °C
Leadfree solder 310 °C
94
Solutions for Fume Extraction – For clean air
More suitable for applications involving, for example, solder
baths, hot air soldering, micro solders and gluing work. Weller
offers various mobile systems that purify the air up to a maxi-
mum of 8 workplaces.
Set up your volume extraction solution
with our new configurator for iPad:
Larger areas can be covered
Low maintenance
Mobile
Quick & easy installation
Economic for 1 to 8 work places
Remote control
Volume Extraction
Weller offers two extraction solutions:
Weller® FE (Fume extraction) soldering irons have a smoke
tube integrated into the handle. When soldering the tube is
positioned directly above the joint and collects any fumes
produced. Fume extraction attachments can be retro fitted
to non fume extraction
Less investment per work place
Collect pollution direct at source
Up to 20 collection points with one system
(200 m apart)
Ergonomic friendly with easy access to work piece
No noise
Minimal air movement
Tip Extraction
Weller Easy-Click-60 Example for installation
95
Fume Extraction
Weller Easy-Click-60 connection elements for quick and easy
installation for volume extraction
Volume extraction with extraction arms
Low underpressure
High volume flow rate
For 1 extraction arm ø 60
- Volume flow rate = 50 – 80 [m3/h]
- Underpressure = 300 – 700 [Pa]
For 6 extraction arms ø 60
- Volume flow rate = 300 – 480 [m3/h]
- Underpressure = 300 – 700 [Pa]
For 1 FE soldering iron
- Volume flow rate = 1 – 1,5 [m3/h]
- Underpressure = 10.000 [Pa]
For 25 soldering irons
- Volume flow rate = 25 – 30 [m3/h]
- Underpressure = 10.000 [Pa]
The tube is positioned directly above the joint and
collects any fumes produced.
High underpressure
Low volume flow rate
96
Volume Extraction
WFE 2ES WFE 2X
Fine dust filter F 5
HEPA Filter H13
and active carbon
Set (F 5 + H 12)
Spare filter
Sloped nozzle
Trolley
with wheels
Pre filter box
Hanging deviar
Remote control
Extraction arm Extraction arm 32
mm incl. nozzel
Adapter Kit
50-60 mm
WFV Stop valve Extraction hose
1 m, 3 m, 5 m
Sloped nozzle Accessory
Accessories Installation
Extraction arms Sets
Funnel nozzle
KIT 1 WF Nozzle
sloped 60 mm
KIT 1 S WF KIT 1 WF
Funnel
KIT 1 WF 32 KIT 1 WF 60
Pocket filter
for pre filter box
Adapter
60/50
97
Fume Extraction
WFE 2S WFE 4S
ø 75 mm on Easy-Click 60
Easy-Click 60,
60 mm
Fine dust filter F 5
T005 87 359 37 (4V)
T005 87 358 37 (6V)
Fine dust filter F 7
T005 87 359 38 (4V)
T005 87 358 36 (6V)
Compact filter
T005 87 359 36 (4V)
T005 87 358 38 (6V)
Compact filter
for adhesive fumes
T005 87 358 95 (4V)
T005 87 358 35 (6V)
Spare filter
Pre filter box
Pocket
filtering ash
Filtering ash for
sticky of arrears
FilterRemote control
RS 232
Interface cable
Adapter
End cap
Female adapter Male adapter T-piece with 2 male
and 1 female adapter
Hose connector,
angle
Hose connector,
straight
98
Volume Extraction
Technical data
WFE 2ES WFE 2X
Dimensions L x B x H (mm): 320 x 320 x 395 460 x 610 x 210
Weight 9kg 15kg
Voltage 230V, 50Hz / 120 V, 60 Hz 100-240 V, 60 Hz
Sound level in 1m 54dB (A)
Electrical power 115 VA 175 VA
Max. volume 100 m3/h
Max. vacuum 1800 Pa 2.300 Pa
Max. capacity 220 m3/h 100 m3/h
Fine dust filter Fine dust filter F 5
Filter HEPA Filter H13 and active carbon HEPA Filter H 13, wide band gas filter
(Set F 5 + H 12) (50% active carbon, 50% Puratex)
99
Fume Extraction
WFE 2S WFE 4S
Dimensions L x B x H (mm): 320 x 320 x 395 450 x 450 x 650
Weight 19kg 40 kg
Voltage 230 V/50 Hz (120 V/ 60 Hz) 230 V / 50 Hz
Sound level in 1m 51 dB (A) in 1 m
Electrical power 275 VA 460 VA
Max. volume 230 m3/h 615 m3/h
Max. vacuum 2700 Pa 2800 Pa
Max. capacity 230 m3/h 615 m3/h
Fine dust filter Fine dust filter F 7 Fine dust filter F 7
Filter Compact filter HEPA filter H 13 EN 1822 Compact filter HEPA filter H 13,
and 50% active carbon, 50% Puratex active carbon, 50% Puratex
100
Volume Extraction
Order-no. Model Description
T005 36 266 99 WFE 2S Mobile fume extraction unit 230 V / 50 Hz,
for volume extraction with built in turbine
Scope of supply:
Fume extraction unit 230 V / 50 Hz
Filter (HEPA filter H 13 and wide band gas filter
50% active carbon / 50% Puratex)
Fine dust filter F 7
WFE 2S
For upto 4 workplaces
For applications where volume extraction is more suitable, e.g. solder baths, hot air soldering, micro solders and
gluing work, Weller offers the mobile systems WFE 2S and WFE 4S. The units purify the air upto 8 workplaces.
A wide range of accessory is available for each system.
Low maintenance
Flexible
Quick and easy installation
For different applications
101
Fume Extraction
Order-no. Model Description
T005 36 466 99 WFE 2S Mobile fume extraction unit 230 V / 50 Hz
for volume extraction with built in turbine with
adhesive fume filter
Scope of supply:
Fume extraction unit 230 V / 50 Hz
Filter for adhesive fumes (wide band gas filter
50% active carbon / 50% Puratex)
Fine dust filter F 7
WFE 2S
Includes adhesive fume filter
For upto 4 workplaces
102
Volume Extraction
Order-no. Model Description
T005 36 436 89 WFE 2S Kit 1 Mobile fume extraction kit 230 V / 50 Hz
for 1 workplace - upgrading to 4 workplaces
possible with further accessories
Scope of supply:
T005 36 266 99 WFE 2S Kit 1 Fume extraction unit 230 V / 50 Hz
Compact filter (HEPA filter H 13 and wide band gas
filter 50% active carbon / 50% Puratex)
Fine dust filter F 7
T005 36 572 99 Kit 1 WF Sloped 60 for volume extraction
(50% Active carbon , 50% Puratex)
Consists of:
T005 36 578 99 Extraction arm
T005 36 577 99 Sloped nozzle
T005 36 574 99 Stop valve
T005 36 575 99 Bench mounting bracket
T005 36 576 99 Extraction hose
WFE 2S Kit 1
For upto 4 workplaces
Set with 1 Extraction arm
and Sloped nozzle
Order-no. Model Description
T005 36 456 89 WFE 2S Kit 2 Mobile fume extraction kit 230 V / 50 Hz
for 1 workplace - upgrading to 4 workplaces
possible with further accessories
Scope of supply:
T005 36 266 99 WFE 2S Kit 2 Fume extraction unit 230 V / 50 Hz
Compact filter (HEPA filter H 13 and wide band gas
filter 50% active carbon / 50% Puratex)
Fine dust filter F 7
2 x T005 36 572 99 KIT 1 WF Sloped 60 for volume extraction
Consists of:
2 x T005 36 578 99 Extraction arm
2 x T005 36 577 99 Sloped nozzle
2 x T005 36 574 99 Stop valve
2 x T005 36 575 99 Bench mounting bracket
2 x T005 36 576 99 Extraction hose
WFE 2S Kit 2
For upto 4 workplaces
Set with 2 Extraction arms
and Sloped nozzle
103
Fume Extraction
Order-no. Model Description
T005 36 516 89 WFE 2ES Set Mobile solution for volume extraction
for max. 2 workplaces, quick and easy
to install for 1 workplace
Scope of supply:
T005 36 506 99 WFE 2ES Fume extraction unit - Compact filter, consists of:
HEPA filter H 12, active carbonate foam,
Fine dust filter F 5
T005 36 571 99 KIT 1 WF Funnel 60 for volume extraction
Consists of:
T005 36 578 99 Extraction arm
T005 36 577 99 Sloped nozzle
T005 36 574 99 Stop valve
T005 36 575 99 Bench mounting bracket
T005 36 576 99 Extraction hose
Order-no. Model Description
T005 36 506 99 WFE 2ES Fume extraction unit 230 V
with wide band gas filter
WFE 2ES Set
For max. 2 workplaces
Set with 1 Extraction arm
and Funnel nozzle
Economy solution
WFE 2ES
For max. 2 workplaces
Economy solution
104
Volume Extraction
Order-no. Model Description
T005 36 589 99 WFE 2X Kit Mobile fume extraction unit 100-240 V with
Sloped stativ extraction arm for 1 workplace
Scope of supply:
T005 36 588 99 WFE 2X Fume extraction unit 100-240 V / 50/60 Hz
T005 36 579 99 KIT 1 WF 60 Sloped stativ extraction
arm for volume extraction
Consists of:
T005 36 598 99 Stativ extraction arm without valve
T005 36 575 99 Bench mounting bracket
T005 36 576 99 Extraction hose
T005 36 577 99 Sloped nozzle
WFE 2X Kit
For max. 2 workplaces
Set with 1 Extraction arm
and Sloped nozzle
Order-no. Model Description
T005 36 588 99 WFE 2X Fume Extraction Unit 230 V / 50 Hz
for volume extraction
Scope of supply:
WFE 2X Fume extraction unit 100-240 V / 50/60 Hz
Active carbon (HEPA Filter H13, wide band gas filter
(50% Active carbon / 50% Puratex)
WFE 2X
For max. 2 workplaces
105
Fume Extraction
Order-no. Model Description
T005 36 256 99 WFE 4S Mobile fume extraction unit 230 V / 50 Hz,
for volume extraction with built in turbine
Scope of supply:
Fume extraction unit 230 V / 50 Hz
T005 87 358 38 Compact filter, consists of HEPA filter H 13 and wide
band gas filter (50% Active carbon, 50% Puratex)
T005 87 358 37 Fine dust filter F 5
Order-no. Model Description
T005 36 496 99 WFE 4S Mobile fume extraction unit 230 V / 50 Hz,
for volume extraction with built in turbine and
adhesive fume filter
Scope of supply:
Fume extraction unit 230 V / 50 Hz
T005 87 358 35 Compact filter for adhesive fumes
(wide band gas filter 50% active carbon / 50% Puratex)
T005 87 358 37 Fine dust filter F 55
T005 87 358 37 Fine dust filter F 5
WFE 4S
For upto 6 workplaces
1 connection included
Further connections must
be ordered separately
WFE 4S
Fume extraction with adhesive
fume filter
For upto 6 workplaces
1 connection included
Further connections must
be ordered separately
106
Order-no. Model Description
T005 87 627 70 Kit 1 WF 32 Easy-Click-60 Mikroskop Extraction arm Ø 32 mm,
Set flexibel, length1 m
Consists of:
Stop valve
Bench mounting bracket
Extraction hose flexibel 3 m
Extraction arm Ø 32 mm mit sloped nozzle
Easy Click 60
Kit 1 WF 32
Microscope extraction arm
With sloped nozzle
Order-no. Model Description
T005 36 571 99 Kit 1 WF Easy-Click-60 Extraction arm with funnel,
width 230 mm, height 100 mm, Set flexible,
Ø 60 mm, length 1 m
Consists of:
Stop valve
Bench mounting bracket
Extraction hose flexibel 3 m
Extraction arm Ø 60 mm with funnel
Easy Click 60
Kit 1 WF Funnel
With funnel
Order-no. Model Description
T005 36 572 99 Kit 1 WF Easy-Click-60 Extraction arm with sloped nozzle,
60 mm, length 1 m
Consists of:
Stop valve
Bench mounting bracket
Extraction hose flexibel 3 m
Extraction arm ø 60 mm with sloped nozzle
Easy Click 60
Kit 1 WF Nozzle
With sloped nozzle
ESD
Accessoires Volume Extraction: Extraction Arm Sets
107
Fume Extraction
Order-no. Model Description
T005 36 579 99 Kit 1S WF Easy-Click-60 2 joint aluminium arm with sloped
nozzle, with stop valve, length 1,5 m
Consists of:
Stop valve
Bench mounting bracket
Extraction hose flexibel 3 m
Extraction arm ø 60 mm with sloped nozzle
Easy Click 60
Kit 1S WF Nozzle
With sloped nozzle
Order-no. Model Description
T005 87 627 63 Kit 1 WF 60 Easy-Click-60 Extraction arm with funnel nozzle,
with stop valve, length 1,20 m
Consists of:
Stop valve
Bench mounting bracket
Extraction hose flexibel 3 m
Extraction arm ø 60 mm with funnel nozzle
Easy Click 60
Kit 1S WF Funnel
With funnel nozzle
108
FlächenabsaugungFlächenabsaugungAccessories Volume Extraction: Extraction Arms
Order-no. Description
T005 36 580 99 ESD microscope extraction arm, flexible, Ø 32 mm
Easy Click 60
WF 32
Ø 32 mm
Order-no. Description
T005 36 578 99 Extraction arm, flexible, Ø 60 mm for sloped
and funnel nozzles, length 1 m
Easy Click 60
Extraction arm
Order-no. Description
T005 36 598 99 Aluminium stativ extraction arm,
incl. bench mounting bracket, ESD safe
Easy Click 60
Joint – extraction
arm
109
Fume Extraction
Order-no. Model Description
T005 36 573 99 WF 60 Funnel nozzle for flexible and stativ extraction
arm, width 230 mm, high 100 mm
Easy Click 60
Funnel nozzle
Order-no. Model Description
T005 36 577 99 WF 60 Sloped nozzle for flexible and
stativ extraction arm
Easy Click 60
Sloped nozzle
Remote control
Order-no. Description
T005 31 191 09 Interface cable RS 232, 2 m (78.74 in) for remote
control or monitoring by PC (type 1:1)
(T005 87 359 09)
RS 232
Interface cable
Order-no. Description
T005 87 359 09 For WFE 2S, WFE 4S
300 mm
200 mm
100 mm
0 mm
100 mm
200 mm
300 mm
300 mm
200 mm
100 mm
0 mm
100 mm
200 mm
300 mm
150 mm
300 mm
200 mm
100 mm
0 mm
100 mm
200 mm
300 mm
300 mm
200 mm
100 mm
0 mm
100 mm
200 mm
300 mm
150 mm
300 mm
200 mm
100 mm
0 mm
100 mm
200 mm
300 mm
300 mm
200 mm
100 mm
0 mm
100 mm
200 mm
300 mm
150 mm
300 mm
200 mm
100 mm
100 mm
200 mm
300 mm
110
Accessories Volume Extraction
Order-no. Description
T005 87 627 57 Pre filter box for WFE 2X,
Pre filter for large fine dust quantities
Pocket filtering ash F 8 for Pre filter box (5 pieces)
Pre filter box
Order-no. Description
T005 36 591 99 Hanging deviar for WFE 2X.
For fixing WFE 2X on the work table.
Hanging deviar
for WFE 2X
Order-no. Description
T005 87 358 62 For Volume Extraction
(Filters must be ordered separately, see page 16)
Scope of supply:
Filter box
2 x Hose connector 60
Pre filter box
For WFE 2S + 4S
For WFE 2X
111
Fume Extraction
Order-no. Description
T005 36 592 99 Trolley with wheels for WFE 2X
Trolley with wheels
Order-no. Description
T005 87 358 40 Exhaust connector DN 100 for WFE 4S
Exhaust connector
Order-no. Description
T005 87 359 15 Exhaust connector DN 75 for WFE 2S
Exhaust connector
For WFE 2X
Flexible
For WFE 4S
For WFE 2S
112
Accessories Installation Volume Extraction
Order-no. Description
T005 87 354 27 Extension hose 1 m
T005 36 576 99 Extension hose 3 m
T005 87 627 56 Extension hose 5 m
Easy Click 60
Extension hose
1 m, 3 m, 5 m
Order-no. Description
T005 87 627 68 Female adapter for installation e.g. stop valve on
fume extraction units
Easy Click 60
Female adapter
Easy Click 60
Male adapter
Order-no. Description
T005 87 627 55 Male adapter for hose extension, Ø 60 mm
Order-no. Description
T005 87 620 36 Extension hose, heavy construction,
sold by metre (max. length 15 m)
Extension hose 60
Sold by metre
113
Fume Extraction
Order-no. Description
T005 87 627 69 Hose connector, angle 90° for WFE 2S / WFE 4S
and pre filter box
Easy Click 60
Hose connector,
angle 90°
Order-no. Description
T005 87 627 67 Hose connector, straight for
WFE 2S / WFE 4S and pre filter box
Easy Click 60
Hose connector, straight
Order-no. Description
T005 36 574 99 WFV Stop valve incl. bench mounting brackets
Easy Click 60
WFV Stop valve
114
Accessories Installation Volume Extraction
Order-no. Description
T005 87 627 66 T-piece with 2 male connections and
1 female connection
Easy Click 60
T-piece
Order-no. Description
T005 87 627 74 End Cap 60 mm click connections
Easy Click 60
End Cap
Order-no. Description
T005 87 627 68 Hose connection 60 mm for flexible hose,
sold by the metre T005 87 620 36, see page 112.
Hose connection
60 mm
115
Fume Extraction
Hose adapter
50 – 60 mm
Order-no. Description
T005 87 627 53 Hose adapter for WFE 2ES
–with Silikon O-Ring, Ø 50 mm. Connection for
60 mm flexible extraction hose for WFE 2ES
Hose clamp
50 – 70 mm
Order-no. Description
T005 87 358 79 Hose clamps 50 – 70 mm, 2 pieces,
for securing extraction hose 50 mm
Adapter
ø 75 mm
Order-no. Description
T005 87 627 71 Adapter ø 75 mm for Easy-Click 60
Order-no. Description
T005 87 627 50 60/50 Adapter for Easy Click 60 Extraction arms
on 50 mm WFEMP50 power socket
Adapter
60/50
116
Volume ExtractionAccessories Fume Extraction
Order-no. Description
T005 87 359 37 Fine dust filter for WFE 2S
Fine dust filter F 5
For WFE 2S,
WFE 2S Kit 1,
WFE 2S Kit 2
10 pieces
Order-no. Description
T005 87 359 38 Fine dust filter for WFE 2S
Fine dust filter F 7
For WFE 2S,
WFE 2S Kit 1,
WFE 2S Kit 2
10 pieces
Order-no. Description
T005 87 359 36 Compact filter for WFE 2S,
HEPA filter H 13 EN 1822
and 50% active carbon, 50% Puratex
Compact filter
For WFE 2S,
WFE 2S Kit 1,
WFE 2S Kit 2
For WFE 2S,
WFE 2S Kit 1,
WFE 2S Kit 2
Wide band gas filter
Filterset H 12
For WFE 2ES
Order-no. Description
T005 87 627 01 Filterset H 12 with 10 Prefilter F 5,
HEPA Filter H 12, wide band gas filter
(10% active carbon)
Order-no. Description
T005 87 358 95 Compact filter for adhesive fume, wide band gas
filter (50% active carbon, 50% Puratex)
F5
F7
117
Fume Extraction
Fine dust filter F 5
For WFE 2ES / CS
10 pieces
Order-no. Description
T005 36 590 99 HEPA Filter H 13, wide band gas filter
(50% active carbon / 50% Puratex)
Compact filter
For WFE 2X
Order-no. Description
T005 87 627 58 Pocket filtering ash for Pre filter box for WFE 2X
Pocket filtering ash F 7
For Pre filter box WFE 2X
Order-no. Description
T005 87 358 60 Pocket filtering ash F 7.
For applications with a high fine dust rate.
Pocket filtering ash F 7
For Pre filter box
For WFE 2S / 4S
Order-no. Description
T005 87 627 03 Fine dust filter F 5
Order-no. Description
T005 87 359 24 Filtering fine dust for sticky of arrears
(e.g. large quantities of liquid flux)
Filtring ash
For Pre filter box
For WFE 2S / 4S
F5
118
Accessories Fume Extraction
Fine dust filter F 5
For WFE 20D und WFE 4S
10 pieces
Fine dust filter F 7
For WFE 20D und WFE 4S
10 pieces
Compact filter
For WFE 20D und WFE 4S
For WFE 4S
For adhesive fumes
Order-no. Description
T005 87 358 37 Fine dust filter F 5
Order-no. Description
T005 87 358 36 Fine dust filter F 7
Order-no. Description
T005 87 358 38 Compact filter
HEPA filter H 13, wide band gas filter
(50% active carbon, 50% Puratex)
Adhesive fume filter
Order-no. Description
T005 87 358 35 Compact filter for adhesive fumes,
wide band gas filter
(50% active carbon, 50% Puratex)
F5
F7
119
Fume Extraction
Pipe System 75 Volume Extraction
Volume extraction systems require a large volume of air to be extracted and the level of vacuum is of lesser impor-
tance. This means that a relatively large diameter pipe system is required. If the pipe diameter was too small the
flow resistance would increase and extraction capacity reduced. The pipe system 75 allows installations up to 30 m
with the WFE 4S uses in a stand alone system. The pipe sections are designed to stick together and have internal
sealing bushes. *PEHD = Polyethylen high density, PE = Polyethylen.
Pipe 2m
Order-no. Description
T005 87 358 70 Pipe 2 m, with seal at one end, plastic,
PEHD black
Right angle pipe 90°
Order-no. Description
T005 87 358 69 Right angle pipe, 90°, 0,2 m, with seal at one end,
plastic, PEHD black
T-piece
2 x 90°
Order-no. Description
T005 87 358 71 T-piece, 2 x 90°, 0,5 m, with 3 seals, plastic,
PEHD black
End seal
Order-no. Description
T005 87 358 55 End seal, PE, transparent
Pipe clamps
Order-no. Description
T005 87 358 64 Pipe clamps, PE, grey
Adapter
Order-no. Description
T005 87 358 63 Adapter PEHD pipe system 75 to pipe system 50,
with seals 2 seals
T005 87 358 56 Adapter PEHD pipe system 75 to pipe system 50,
without seals
120
Tip Extraction
WFE WFE P
Compressed air
cleaning filter KHP 81
KHE / KHP 81
Second safety rest
Compact filter
Compact filter
for adhesive fumes
Fine dust filter F 7
Spare filter Safety rests
FE 75
LT Soldering tips
FE-Attachment
Right angle pipe 0°, 0,2 m
Double socket End seal Pipe clamps
T-piece 2 x 90°, 0,5 m
Branch
2 x 45°, 0,3 mPipe 2 m
FE-Attachment
FE-Clip-Set Pipe Ø 6mm
FE-Clip-Set Pipe Ø 4,5 mm
Extraction hose 5 mm
Locking clip
FE 80
HT Soldering tips
FE Soldering Irons
Attachments and
Accessories
Rohrsystem 50 und Zubehör
Top
Oben
Top
Oben
Top
Oben
Top
Oben
KHE 81
121
Fume Extraction
WFE 20D
Fine dust filter F 5Extraction hose 40, 1 m
complete with 2 connectingelements
Extension hose
5,0 m, DN 17
Extraction hose 40,
sold by metre
Connection nipplel DN 17 +
Nut G 3/8“ for connection nipple
Adapter DN 17 for connection
extension hose 17 with 5 mm hose of FE iron
Connection nipple for 5 mm hose of
FE iron for direct connection to pipe system
Connetion element
End cap
DN 100RS 232
Fine dust filter F 7
Compact filter
Spare filterAccessories
Exhaust connectorRemote controlInterface cable
122
Tip Extraction
Order-no. Model Description
T005 36 402 99 WFE Portable fume extraction unit for tip suction,
compressed air operated
Scope of supply:
Fume extraction unit
Compressed air cleaning filter
Compact filter (HEPA filter H 13 and wide band gas filter
50% active carbon / 50% Puratex)
Fine dust filter F 7
WFE
The Weller Zero-Smog Systems put an end to air pollution caused by soldering, adhesives and laser work. In all of
these applications fumes or fine particles are released into the work place atmosphere which are hazardous to staff
exposed to them. The Weller Zero-Smog Systems’ combination of pumps, electronic controls and filters removes this
hazard.
Tip Extraction
Weller FE soldering irons have an integral smoke tube mounted in the handle. It is positioned directly above the joint
during the soldering process to collect any fumes generated. Fume extraction irons can be connected to Weller Zero-
Smog Systems WFE and WFE P bench mounted units driving up to 2 irons or WFE 20D mobile unit driving up to 20
irons. Fume extraction attachments can be retro fitted to non fume extraction Weller soldering irons.
ESD safe low sound level
Order-no. Model Description
T005 36 386 99 WFE P Portable fume extraction unit for tip suction with
built in pump (do not use for 24 h continuous
operation)
Scope of supply:
Fume extraction unit 230 V / 50 Hz
Compact filter (HEPA filter H 13 and wide band gas filter
50% active carbon / 50% Puratex)
Fine dust filter F 7
WFE P
ESD safe low sound level
For 1 soldering iron
Compressed air operated
For 1 soldering iron
With built in pump
123
Fume Extraction
Order-no. Model Description
T005 36 476 99 WFE 20D Fume extraction unit 230 V / 50 Hz,
for tip suction with built in turbine
Scope of supply:
Fume extraction unit 230 V / 50 Hz
Compact filter (HEPA filter H 13 and wide band gas filter
50% active carbon / 50% Puratex)
Fine dust filter F 7
WFE 20D
ESD safe low sound level
For 20 soldering irons
With built in turbine
124
Accessories Tip Extraction
FE 75 Set
FE 80
Accessories for FE-soldering irons
Order-no. Description
T005 36 352 99 Locking clip for extraction hose
Locking clip
Order-no. Description
T005 25 410 00 Extraction hose (spare), by metre, 5 mm
Extraction hose
Order-no. Model Description
T005 26 162 99 FE 80 FE-Lötkolben 80 W / 24 V
Scope of supply:
FE 80 FE-Soldering iron 80 W / 24 V with soldering tip HT B
T005 87 337 59 Funnel for FE 80
T005 25 409 99 Cleaning brush for FE tube
Please order related safety rest separately!
Order-no. Model Description
T005 33 151 99 FE 75 Set FE-Soldering iron Set 80 W / 24 V
Scope of supply:
T005 29 166 99 FE 75 FE-Soldering iron 80 W / 24 V with soldering tip LT B
T005 15 020 99 KH 20 Sicherheitsablage
T005 87 447 28 Funnel for FE 75
T005 25 409 99 Cleaning brush for FE tube
Order-no. Description
T005 15 020 99 KH 20 Safety rest
Safety rest KH 20
125
Fume Extraction
Order-no. Description
T005 25 125 99 FE-attachment for LR 21, LR 82, TCPS, W 61, W 101,
WP 200, WXP 200
WSP 150 only with safety rest AK 1
T005 28 126 99 FE-attachment for WSF 80D5/D8 for AKS safety rest
T005 13 125 99 FE-attachment for DS 22, DS 80 and DSX 80 desoldering iron
A range of FE attachments is available to fit to Weller soldering and desoldering irons to convert standard
products to fume extraction versions. The attachments are supplied with all necessary fittings and hoses.
The performance of the retro fitted tools is not affected.
FE attachments
Order-no. Description
T005 87 448 75 FE-Clip-Set for FE-attachment, tube Ø 4,5 mm
T005 29 186 99 FE-attachment with tube Ø 6 mm
for WSP 80, WP 80, MLR 21, WMP
T005 29 214 99 FE-attachment with tube, Ø 6 mm
for WXP 65 and WXP 120
T005 87 448 76 FE-Clip-Set for FE-attachment, tube Ø 6,0 mm
For Weller soldering irons WP 80, WSP 80, WMP, WMRP, MLR 21 or soldering irons with handle diameter Ø 10-13 mm.
Clip will be fasten with an O-ring to the soldering iron.
Universal FE attachments
Order-no. Model Description
T005 15 156 99 WDH 50 Safety rest with Stop+Go function for WMRP iron
with FE-attachment
Order-no. Description
T005 29 185 99 FE-attachment with tube Ø 4,5 mm, for WMRP and WSP 80,
WP 80, MLR 21, MLR 80, WMP, for fine soldering applications
Safety rest WDH 50
With Stop+Go function
126
Accessories Tip Extraction
Top
Oben
Top
Oben
Top
Oben
Top
Oben
Order-no. Description
T005 87 357 57 Compressed air cleaning filter (active carbon)
Compressed air
cleaning filter
Fine dust filter F 7
Compact filter
Order-no. Description
T005 36 421 99 Fine dust filter F7
For WFE and WFE P
10 pieces
Compact filter
Order-no. Description
T005 36 407 99 Compact filter (HEPA filter H 13 and wide band
gas filter 100% active carbon
Order-no. Description
T005 87 358 38 Compact filter (HEPA filter H 13 and wide band
gas filter 50% active carbon / 50% Puratex)
Compact filter
For WFE 20D
For adhesive fumes
For WFE and WFE P
Order-no. Description
T005 36 410 99 Compact filter (HEPA filter H 13 and wide band
gas filter 50% active carbon / 50% Puratex)
For WFE and WFE P
For WFE and WFE P
127
Fume Extraction
Pipe System 50
Tip extraction systems demand a high value and constant level of vacuum across the installation, the volume of air
extracted is of lesser importance. To achieve this it is necessary to use a pipe system with relatively small diameter.
The Weller pipe system 50 allows extraction installations of up to 200 m when used with the WFE 20D unit in a
stand alone system. The pipe sections are designed to stick together and have internal sealing bushes. In a central
system, the FE irons are connected directly to the fume extraction units.
*PEHD = Polyethylen high density
Order-no. Description
T005 36 323 99 Pipe 2 m, with seal at one end, plastic, PEHD black
Pipe 50, 2 m
Order-no. Description
T005 36 322 99 Right angle pipe 90°, 0,2 m, with seal at one end, PEHD black
Right angle
pipe 50, 90°
Order-no. Description
T005 36 344 99 T-piece 2 x 90°, 0,5 m, with 3 seals, plastic, PEHD black
T-piece 50
2 x 90°
Order-no. Description
T005 36 321 99 Branch 2 x 45°, 0,3 m, with 2 seals, plastic, PEHD black
Branch 50
2 x 45°
F7
Order-no. Description
T005 87 358 36 Fine dust filter F 7 for WFE 20D
Fine dust filter F 7
For WFE 20D
10 pieces
Order-no. Description
T005 87 358 37 Fine dust filter F 5 for WFE 20D
Fine dust filter F 5
For WFE 20D
10 pieces
F5
128
Accessories Tip Extraction
Double socket 50
Order-no. Description
T005 36 316 99 Extraction hose 40, 1 m, Ø 40 mm,
complete with 2 connecting elements
Extraction hose 40
Order-no. Description
T005 36 414 00 Extraction hose 40, Ø 40 mm,
without connecting elements, sold by metre
Extraction hose 40
Pipe clamps 50
End seal 50
Order-no. Description
T005 36 319 99 Double socket for pipe system 50, PEHD black
Order-no. Description
T005 36 329 99 Pipe clamps for 50-er pipe system, grey
Order-no. Description
T005 36 324 99 End seal, PE, transparent
129
Fume Extraction
Order-no. Description
T005 36 338 99 Connection nipple for extraction hose 5 mm (T005 25 410 00)
Order-no. Description
T005 87 350 50 End cap for connection nipple (T005 36 338 99)
Order-no. Description
T005 36 343 99 Adapter for connection extension hose 17 with 5 mm
extraction hose (T005 36 326 99), 5 mm
Order-no. Description
T005 87 358 65 Connection nipple on extension hose DN 17 (T005 36 326 99)
Order-no. Description
T005 87 358 66 Nut G 3/8“ for connection nipple (T005 87 358 99), 3 pieces
Order-no. Description
T005 36 415 99 Connection element 40-50
Order-no. Description
T005 36 326 99 Extension hose DN 17, 5 m
Connection
element 40-50
Extension hose
DN 17
Connection
nipple
End cap
Adapter
Connection
nipple
Nut G 3/8“
130
Accessories Tip Extraction
Safety Rests with Stop+Go function for FE Irons with WFE or WFE P
Order-no. Model Description
T005 15 086 99 KHP Basic unit pneumatic (for WFE) safety rest with
Stop+Go function with fibre optic sensor for
FE 75 and FE 80
KHP
Order-no. Model Description
T005 15 076 99 KHE Basic unit electric (for WFE P) safety rest with
Stop+Go function with fibre optic sensor for
FE 75 and FE 80
KHE
Order-no. Model Description
T005 15 080 99 KHE/P Second safety rest with fibre optic sensor for
extending to 2 workplaces
KHE/P
Order-no. Model Description
T005 15 168 99 KHP 81 Basic unit electric (for WFE) safety rest with
Stop+Go function with fibre optic sensor for
WSP 80, WP 80, WXP 65, WXP 120
KHP 81
The Weller safety rests with Stop+Go function are recommended accessories for FE irons using
the WFE or WFE P extraction units. A fibre optic sensor switches the extraction unit on when the
FE iron is removed from the safety rest and when the FE iron is replaced in the safety rest, after
a short delay to gather the fumes from any solder on the tip it switches the unit off. This reduces
running costs.
131
Fume Extraction
Order-no. Model Description
T005 15 167 99 KHE 81 Basic unit electric (for WFE P) safety rest with
Stop+Go function with fibre optic sensor
KHE 81
Order-no. Model Description
T005 15 152 99 WDH 30 Safety rest for FE 75, FE 80 and LR 21, LR 82 and
TCPS with FE attachment, DSX 80, HAP 1,
HAP 200, WSP 150, WSFP 5/8
WDH 30
Order-no. Model Description
T005 15 006 99 KH 6 Safety rest for FE 75, FE 80
KH 6
Order-no. Model Description
T005 15 167 99 KHE / KHP 81 Second safety rest with fibre optic sensor for
extending to 2 workplaces
KHE / KHP 81
132
Weller Safety Rests – Overview
Standard safety rest Safety rest with
Stop & Go function
Alternative safety rest
AK 51 AKT 30 KH 4 KH 6 KH 18 KH 20 KH 20 KH 20 KH 25P KH 27 KHE/KHP KHE 81/ WDH 10 WDH 10T WDH 10P WDH 20 WDH 20T WDH 30 WDH 30T WDH 31 WDH 40 WDH 50 WDH 51 WDH 60 WDH 70 WPH 80 WMRTH
+ FE 75 + FE 80 KHP 81
funnel funnel
Fast response
WP 65
WP 120
WP 200
WXP 65
WXP 120
WXP 200
Silver Line
FE 75
FE 80
MPR 80
WP 80
WSP 80
WSP 150
Active Tip
WMRP
WMRT
WXMP
WXMT
Standard Line
LR 21
WTA 50
Magnastat controlled low voltage soldering irons
TCPS
W 61
W 101
Desoldering irons
DSX 80
DXV 80
WXDP 120
Hot air irons
HAP 1
HAP 200
HAP 3000
Inert gas soldering irons
WP 80IG/120IG
Solder feeder system
WSFP 5/8
Tools
133
AK 51 AKT 30 KH 4 KH 6 KH 18 KH 20 KH 20 KH 20 KH 25P KH 27 KHE/KHP KHE 81/ WDH 10 WDH 10T WDH 10P WDH 20 WDH 20T WDH 30 WDH 30T WDH 31 WDH 40 WDH 50 WDH 51 WDH 60 WDH 70 WPH 80 WMRTH
+ FE 75 + FE 80 KHP 81
funnel funnel
Fast response
WP 65
WP 120
WP 200
WXP 65
WXP 120
WXP 200
Silver Line
FE 75
FE 80
MPR 80
WP 80
WSP 80
WSP 150
Active Tip
WMRP
WMRT
WXMP
WXMT
Standard Line
LR 21
WTA 50
Magnastat controlled low voltage soldering irons
TCPS
W 61
W 101
Desoldering irons
DSX 80
DXV 80
WXDP 120
Hot air irons
HAP 1
HAP 200
HAP 3000
Inert gas soldering irons
WP 80IG/120IG
Solder feeder system
WSFP 5/8
Accessory
134
Active Tip Heating Technology
Optimum for soldering applications
Optimal tool where heating element and sensor are integrated in the soldering tip. By lowering the soldering joint
temperature a faster reaction time is possible. With this tool the performance is exactly at the solder joint.
Order-no. Model Description
T005 29 204 99 WXMP Set Micro soldering iron WXMP with safety rest
Scope of supply
1 T005 29 203 99 WXMP Micro soldering iron WXMP 55 W, 12 V
with Active Tip Heating Technology
2 T005 44 603 99 RT 3 Standard soldering tip, chisel 1,3 x 0,4 mm
3 T005 15 171 99 WDH 51 Safety rest with brass wool
Order-no. Model Description
T005 29 190 99 WMRP Set Micro soldering iron WMRP with safety rest
Scope of supply
1 T005 29 171 99 WMRP Micro soldering iron WMRP 55 W, 12 V mit
with Active Tip Heating Technology
2 T005 44 603 99 RT 3 Standard soldering tip, chisel 1,3 x 0,4 mm
3 T005 15 156 99 WDH 50 Safety rest with brass wool
Accessory
4 T005 87 518 16 Bracket can be plugged sidewards into
the rest and hold 2 RT tips
1
1
2
3
2
3
4
WXMP Set
WMRP Set
55 W, 12 V
For WX stations
Fine slim soldering iron.
Ideal for microscope work.
High performance by integ-
rated active soldering tip.
55 W, 12 V
Fine slim soldering iron.
Ideal for microscope work.
High performance by inte-
grated active soldering tip.
RT Soldering tip series
page 158
RT Soldering tip series
page 158
Quick tip exchange without any tools
Extremely short heating time 100°C/sec
Energy saving by standby function
Optimal reaction time
135
1
1
3
3
2
2
Order-no. Model Description
T005 13 178 99 WXMT Set Micro desoldering tweezers WXMT
with safety rest
Scope of supply
1 T005 13 177 99 WXMT Micro desoldering tweezers 2 x 40 W, 12 V
(hand piece without tips) with
Active Tip Heating Technology
2 T005 44 652 99 RTW 2 Soldering tiplet, 0,7 x 0,4 mm, 45°
3 T005 15 169 99 WDH 60 Safety rest with brass wool
Order-no. Model Description
T005 13 173 99 WMRT Set Micro desoldering tweezers WMRT
with safety rest
Scope of supply
1 T005 13 174 99 WMRT Micro desoldering tweezers 2 x 40 W, 12 V
(hand piece without tips)
with Active Tip Heating Technology
2 T005 44 652 99 RTW 2 Soldering tiplet, 0,7 mm x 0,4 mm, 45°
3 T005 15 146 99 WMRTH Safety rest with brass wool
and Stop+Go Funktion
WXMT Set
WMRT Set
2 x 40 W, 12 V
For WX stations
Slim tweezers. Ideal for
soldering and desoldering of
very small SMD components.
2 x 40 W, 12 V
For rework stations
WR 3M, WR 2
Slim tweezers. Ideal for
soldering and desoldering of
very small SMD components.
RTW Soldering tip series
page 159
RTW Soldering tip series
page 159
Soldering
Desoldering
136
Response Heating Technology
Fast Response Heating Technology
Due to an optimized sensor position a high perfomance is given. With a wide range of beneficial soldering tips these
tools are an alternative to the micro soldering irons.
Order-no. Model Description
T005 29 212 99 WXP 65 Set Soldering iron WXP 65 with safety rest
Scope of supply
1 T005 29 211 99 WXP 65 Soldering iron 65 W, 24 V
with Fast Response Heating Technology
2 T005 44 851 99 XNT A Standard soldering tip, 1,6 x 0,4 mm
3 T005 15 121 99 WDH 10 Safety rest with brass wool
Order-no. Model Description
T005 29 216 99 WP 65 Set Set Soldering iron WP 65 with safety rest
Scope of supply
1 T005 29 215 99 WP 65 Soldering iron 65 W, 24 V
with Fast Response Heating Technology
2 T005 44 851 99 XNT A Standard soldering tip, 1,6 x 0,4 mm
3 T005 15 121 99 WDH 10 Safety rest with brass wool
1
1
2
2
3
3
Beneficial soldering tip prices
Max. heating transfer
Soldering tip in optimized sensor position
Fast reaction time
WXP 65 Set
WP 65 Set
65 W, 24 V
Small fast soldering iron with
65 W for for WX stations.
Qualified for fine solder jobs
with high heating demand.
65 W, 24 V
Small fast soldering iron
with 65 W. Qualified for
fine solder jobs with high
heating demand.
XNT Soldering tip series
page 160
XNT Soldering tip series
page 160
Accessory for both sets:
T005 87 657 58 Barrel
137
1
3
2
Soldering
Order-no. Model Description
T005 29 202 99 WXP 120 Set Soldering iron WXP 120 with safety rest
Scope of supply
1 T005 29 201 99 WXP 120 Soldering iron 120 W, 24 V
with Fast Response Heating Technology
2 T005 44 704 99 XT B Standard soldering tip, XT B, Chisel 2,4 x 0,8 mm
3 T005 15 121 99 WDH 10 Safety rest with brass wool
Order-no. Model Description
T005 29 207 99
WP 120 Solar Set
Soldering iron WP 120
with 2,5 m connection cable
Scope of supply
1 T005 29 207 99 WP 120 Solar Soldering iron 120 W, 24 V
with Fast Response Heating Technology
2 T005 44 704 99 XT B Standard soldering tip, XT B, Chisel 2,4 x 0,8 mm
3 T005 15 121 99 WDH 10 Safety rest with brass wool
WXP 120 Set
WP 120 Solar
120 W, 24 V
Allrounder with 120 watts.
For soldering applications
from small to large compo-
nents with high temperature
demand.
120 W, 24 V
For solar modules
2,5 m connection cable
XT Soldering tip series
page 162/163
XT Soldering tip series
page 162/163
Accessory
T005 87 657 11 Barrel
Accessory
T005 87 637 44 Spare barrel
1
3
2
138
Fast Response Heating Technology
1
3
2
Order-no. Model Description
T005 29 194 99 WP 120 Set Soldering iron WP 120 with safety rest
Scope of supply
1 T005 29 193 99 WP 120 Soldering iron 120 W, 24 V
with Fast Response Heating Technology
2 T005 44 704 99 XT B Standard soldering tip, XT B, Chisel 2,4 x 0,8 mm
3 T005 15 161 99 WDH 10 T Safety rest with Stop & Go function with brass wool
WP 120 Set
120 W, 24 V
Allrounder with 120 watts.
For soldering applications
from small to large compo-
nents with high temperature
demand.
XT Soldering tip series
page 162/163
Accessory
T005 87 657 09 Spare barrel
139
Soldering
Order-no. Model Description
T005 29 206 99 WXP 200 Set Soldering iron WXP 200 with safety rest
Scope of supply
1 T005 29 205 99 WXP 200 Soldering iron 200 W, 24 V
with Fast Response Heating Technology
2 T005 44 801 99 XHT D Standard soldering tip, 5,0 x 1,2 mm
3 T005 15 158 99 WDH 31 Safety rest with brass wool
Order-no. Model Description
T005 29 200 99 WP 200 Set Soldering iron WXP 200 with safety rest
Scope of supply
1 T005 29 199 99 WP 200 Soldering iron 200 W, 24 V
with Fast Response Heating Technology
2 T005 44 801 99 XHT D Standard soldering tip,, 5,0 x 1,2 mm
3 T005 15 158 99 WDH 31 Safety rest with brass wool
1
3
2
WXP 200 Set
WP 200 Set
200 W, 24 V
High Power soldering iron
compatible to the WX stations.
Ideal for applications with a
high temperature demand e.g.
LED backpanels or
HF shieldings
200 W, 24 V
High Power soldering iron.
Ideal for applications with
a high temperature demand
e.g. LED backpanels or HF
shieldings
XHT Soldering tip series
page 164
XHT Soldering tip series
page 164
1
3
2
Accessory
T005 87 637 25 Barrel
Accessory
T005 87 637 25 Barrel
140
Lötstationen
1
3
2
Silver Line Heating Technology
Silver Line Heating Technology
Approved heating technology with effective heat transfer. For all purpose industrial applications.
A wide range of soldering tips is available.
Order-no. Model Description
T005 33 125 99 WSP 80 Set Soldering iron WSP 80 with safety rest
Scope of supply
1 T005 29 161 99 WSP 80 Soldering iron 80 W, 24 V
with Silver Line Heating Technology
2 T005 44 405 99 LT B Soldering tip chisel 2,4 x 0,8 mm
3 T005 15 170 99 KH 18 Safety rest with sponge
Order-no. Model Description
T005 29 181 99 WP 80 Set Soldering iron WP 80 with safety rest
Scope of supply
1 T005 29 180 99 WP 80 Soldering iron 80 W, 24 V
with Silver Line Heating Technology
2 T005 44 405 99 LT B Soldering tip chisel 2,4 x 0,8 mm
3 T005 15 121 99 WDH 10 Safety rest with brass wool
3
2 1
Effective heat transfer
Wide soldering tip range
Universal use
WSP 80 Set
WP 80 Set
80 W, 24 V
Fast and precise reach of
soldering temperature.
Slim iron design
For all purpose soldering jobs
80 W, 24 V
Soldering iron WP 80 with
short tip-to-grip design.
Comfortable safety rest with
4 step varying inclination
LT Soldering tip series
page 165-168
LT Soldering tip series
page 165-168
Accessory
T005 87 447 10 Barrel for WSP 80 (spare)
Accessory
T005 87 448 46 Barrel long, 55 mm
T005 87 448 45 Barrel short, 40 mm
141
Soldering
Order-no. Model Description
T005 29 189 99 WSP 150 Set Soldering iron WSP 150 with safety rest
Scope of supply
1 T005 29 170 99 WSP 150 Soldering iron 150 W, 24 V
with Silver Line Heating Technology
2 T005 44 450 99 LHT F Soldering tip chisel 9,3 x 2,0 mm
3 T005 15 152 99 WDH 30 Safety rest with brass wool
Order-no. Model Description
T005 33 131 99 MPR 80 Set Soldering iron MPR 80 with safety rest
Scope of supply
1 T005 29 163 99 MPR 80 Soldering iron 80 W, 24 V,
with Silver Line Heating Technology
2 T005 44 405 99 LT B Soldering tip chisel 2,4 x 0,8 mm
3 T005 15 033 99 KH 25P Safety rest with sponge
3
2
1
3
2
1
WSP 150 Set
MPR 80 Set
150 W, 24 V
For soldering applications with
high temperature demand
80 W, 24 V
Soldering iron with an
adjustable head up to 40°
LHT Soldering tip series
page 172
LT Soldering tip series
page 165-168
Accessory
T005 87 447 10 Barrel for WSP 80 (spare)
142
Silver Line Heating Technology
Weller FE soldering irons are specifically designed for tip extraction applications (tip extraction see page 120).
The fume extraction tube is integrated to the iron and positioned above the soldering tip. Regardless the iron
is ergonomical and allows precise work. The FE soldering irons are controlled electronically an can be connec-
ted to all Weller soldering sations except WX stations. Different perfomances and the wide range of Weller
soldering tips gives a multi-puropse applications to the FE irons. Weller FE soldering irons are delivered with
a 5,0 mm heat resistant fume extraction hose (2,5 mm). Irons are ESD safe.
Order-no. Model Description
T005 33 151 99 FE 75 Set Soldering iron FE 75 with safety rest
Scope of supply
1 T005 29 166 99 FE 75 FE-Soldering iron 80 W, 24 V
with Silver Line Heating Transfer
2 T005 44 405 99 LT B Soldering tip chisel 2,4 x 0,8 mm
3 T005 15 020 99 KH 20 Safety rest with sponge
T005 87 447 28 Funnel for FE 75
T005 25 409 99 Cleaning brush for extraction tube
2
1
FE 75 Set
80 W, 24 V
For tip extraction
LT Soldering tip series
page 165-168
Accessory
T005 87 447 10 Barrel for FE 75 (spare)
ESD
143
Soldering
Order-no. Model Description
T005 26 162 99 FE 80 FE-Soldering iron
Scope of supply
T005 26 162 99 FE 80 FE-Soldering iron 80 W, 24 V
with Silver Line Heating Transfer
T005 44 261 99 HT 2 Soldering tip
T005 87 337 58 Trichter für FE 80
T005 25 409 99 Cleaning brush for extraction tube
FE 80
80 W, 24 V
For tip extraction
HT Soldering tip series
page 174
Accessory
T005 15 152 99 WDH 30 Safety rest
Order-no. Model Description
T005 29 187 99 LR 21 Set Soldering iron LR 21 with safety rest
Scope of supply
1 T005 25 106 99 LR 21 Soldering iron 50 W, 24 V
with LT-B soldering tip adapter
2 T005 44 405 99 LT B Standard soldering tip, LT B, 2,4 mm X 0,8 mm
3 T005 15 152 99 WDH 30 Safety rest with brass wool
3
12
LR 21 Set
50 W, 24 V
For standard soldering
applications
LT Soldering tip series
page 165-168
144
Magnastat Soldering Iron
The Magnastat system operates through a ferro-magnetic senor device which changes its characteristics whe specific
temperatures are reached. This causes it to either attract or repel a permanant magnet which operates a power sup-
ply switch. In this way power to the heating element can be quickly switched on or off to either provide extra power.
Magnastat Controlled Low Voltage Soldering Iron
Order-no. Model Description
T00 532 105 99 TCPS Magnastat Soldering iron 50 W, 24 V
with adapter PT 7 (370°C) and soldering tip LT M
Order-no. Model Description
T005 10 001 99 TCP 24 Magnastat Soldering iron 50 W, 24 V,
with adapter PT 7 (370°C) and soldering tip LT M
Order-no. Model Description
T005 10 055 71 TCP 42 Magnastat Soldering iron 45 W, 24 V,
with adapter PT 7 (370°C) and soldering tip LT M
Order-no. Model Description
T005 10 053 99 TCP 12 Magnastat Soldering iron 30/40 W, 12/14 V,
with adapter PT 7 (370°C) and soldering tip LT M
TCPS
50 W, 24 V
3 wire silicone cord and
plug for Weller WTCP 51
Magnastat soldering station.
Hard grounded
LT Soldering tip series
page 165-168
TCP 24
50 W, 24 V
2 wire silicone cord
without plug
No grounding possible
LT Soldering tip series
page 165-168
TCP 42
45 W, 24 V
2 wire cord (4 m) without plug
LT Soldering tip series
page 165-168
TCP 12
3 m cord with battery
clamps e.g. for car battery
LT Soldering tip series
page 165-168
145
Soldering
Magnastat controlled line voltage soldering irons
Order-no. Model Description
T005 61 036 99 W 61 Line voltage soldering iron 60 W, 230 V,
Magnastat controlled
Order-no. Model Description
T005 61 046 99 W 101 Low voltage soldering iron 100 W, 230 V,
Magnastat controlled
Order-no. Model Description
T005 61 096 99 W 101SP Line voltage soldering iron 100 W, 230 V,
Magnastat controlled with welding wedge
(260°C-295°C)
Order-no. Model Description
T005 61 056 99 W 201 Line voltage soldering iron 200 W, 230 V,
Magnastat controlled
W 61
60 W, 230 V
CT 5 Soldering tip series
page 177
W101
100 W, 230 V
Complete with soldering tip
CT6E7 and safety rest
CT 6 Soldering tip series
page 178
W 101SP
100 W, 230 V
Complete with welding wedge
Teflon coated 50 x 40 x 4 mm,
twist lock and safety rest
Welding wedge spare
page 178
W 201
200 W, 230 V
Complete with soldering tip
CT2F7 and safety rest
CT 2 Soldering tip series
page 179
146
Unregulated Line Voltage Soldering Iron
Robust heating elements of special steel between natural mica-leaves, embedded in cast ceramics and first-class
material make the Weller SPI irons outstanding in technology and life-time. Ideal for professional applications in
crafts and schools.
Order-no. Model Description
T005 64 005 99 SPI 16 Line voltage soldering iron
unregulated 15 W, 230 V
Scope of supply
Complete with soldering tip 4SPI15212 chisel tip 1,2 mm and safety rest
Order-no. Model Description
T005 64 021 99 SPI 27 Line voltage soldering iron
unregulated 25 W, 230 V
Scope of supply
Complete with soldering tip 4SPI26206 chisel tip 1,2 mm and safety rest
SPI 16
15 W, 230 V
Heating up time approx. 180 sec.
Tip temperature approx. 360°C
SPI 16-Soldering tip series
page 180
SPI 27
25 W, 230 V
Heating up time approx. 180 sec.
Tip temperature approx. 410°C
SPI 27-Soldering tip series
page 180
147
Soldering
Order-no. Model Description
T005 64 037 99 SPI 41 Line voltage soldering iron
unregulated 40 W, 230 V
Scope of supply
Complete with soldering tip 4SPI402224 chisel tip 2,0 mm and safety rest
Order-no. Model Description
T005 64 053 99 SPI 81 Line voltage soldering iron
unregulated 80 W, 230 V
Scope of supply
Complete with soldering tip 4SPI80237 chisel tip 5,0 mm and safety rest
SPI 41
40 W, 230 V
Heating up time approx. 180 sec.
Tip temperature approx. 450°C
SPI 41-Soldering tip series
page 180
SPI 81
80 W, 230 V
Heating up time approx. 180 sec.
Tip temperature approx. 480°C
SPI 81-Soldering tip series
page 180
148
Desoldering Iron
The desoldering irons of the X-series feature a novel threadless deslodering nozzle fixture system whereby the nozzle
is inserted into the head and locked into place by applying a 1/4 turn. This patented feature allows the deslodering
nozzles to be quickly and easily exchanged and also improves the rate of thermal transfer from the desoldering head
to the desoldering nozzle providing the tools with a faster heating up time and recovery rate. Together with a 80
watts heating element the desoldering iron is qualified for solder joints where a high temperature is required.
Desoldering iron with external solder collector (DSX 80) for SMD components. For horizontal use, similar to normal
soldering iron. Electronic temperature control. Micro finger switch for activating the vacuum pump.
Various deslodering nozzles as well as CSF desoldering heads are available.
Order-no. Model Description
T005 13 183 99 DSX 80 Set Desoldering iron set 80 W, 24 V
with threadless nozzle fixture system
Scope of supply
1 T005 13 190 99 DSX 80 Desoldering iron 80 W, 24 V
2 T005 15 152 99 WDH 30 Safety rest
3 T005 13 142 00 DX 112 Nozzle inner ø 1,0 mm
4 T005 13 143 00 DX 113 Nozzle inner ø 1,2 mm
T005 13 500 99 Nozzle inner
T005 13 603 99 Gaskets for glastube (10 pieces)
Order-no. Description
T005 13 604 99 Filter for glastube (10 pieces)
Accessory
2
1
3/4
DSX 80 Set
80 W, 24 V
With external solder collector
For horizontal use
DX Desoldering
nozzle series
page 184
149
Inline desoldering iron with internal solder reservoir for vertical handling. Electronic temperature control.
Micro finger switch controls quick start of fast action vacuum pump. Different nozzles and CSF heads are available.
Order-no. Model Description
T005 13 182 99 DXV 80 Set Inline desoldering iron 80 W, 24 V
with threadless nozzle fixture system
Scope of supply
1 T005 13 180 99 DXV 80 Inline EntSoldering iron 80 W, 24 V
2 T005 15 153 99 WDH 40 Safety rest
3 T005 13 142 00 DX 112 Nozzle inner ø 1,0 mm
4 T005 13 143 00 DX 113 Nozzle inner ø 1,2 mm
5 T005 13 500 99 Nozzle inner
6 T005 87 418 15 Filter cardridge for DXV 80 (5 pieces)
Order-no. Description
005 13 500 99 Cleaning set complete
Scope of supply
005 87 488 61 Handle
005 13 501 99 Spare needle set, 0,6 mm / 0,9 mm / 1,4 mm / 1,9 mm
Accessory
005 13 502 99 Spare needle set, 1 x 1,9 mm, 3 x 0,9 mm
005 13 503 99 Spare needle set, 1 x 1,9 mm, 3 x 0,5 mm
005 13 504 99 Spare needle set, 1 x 1,9 mm, 3 x 1,4 mm
1
2
3/4
5
6
Desoldering
DXV 80 Set
Cleaning set for DS, DSX nozzles
80 W, 24 V
Internal solder reservoir
Internal solder reservoir
For cleaning nozzles and for
nozzle exchange
DX Nozzle series
page 184
150
Desoldering Irons
2
1
WXDP 120 Set
Available spring
120 W, 24 V High power
desoldering iron
Heat up time 35 sec only
Set-back function
Push and pull technolgy:
cartridge change with one
hand possible
Programmable, intelligent
WX desoldering iron
XDS-Nozzles page
page 187
Order-no. Model Description
T005 13 202 99 WXDP 120 Set Desoldering iron 120 W, 24 V
with excenter fixture
Scope of supply
1 T005 13 201 99 WXDP 120 Desoldering iron 120 W, 24 V
2 T005 15 172 99 WDH 70 Safety rest with brass wool
New products enlarge the WX family. A new WXD 2 desoldering station and a new WXDP desoldering iron.
These tools are ideal for professional rework applications of the latest electronic components in the industrial
operation. Typically for the WX stations: soldering and desoldering parameters can be saved easily on the iron.
The WXDP 120 heats up within 35 sec. only. With stand-by function.
151
Desoldering
3
1
Order-no. Model Description
T005 33 133 99 WTA 50 Set Tweezers WTA 50 with safety rest
Scope of supply
1 T005 13 171 99 WTA 50 Tweezers 2 x 25 W, 24 V
2 T005 44 141 99 WTA 1 Tip set, bent 45°, 0,5 mm X 0,5 mm
3 T005 15 042 99 AK 51 Safety rest
WTA 50 Set
Tweezers 50 W, 24 V
For desoldering of
SMD components
WTA tips
Seite 174
152
Hot Air Irons
3
1
2
The hot air irons HAP 1 and HAP 200 work with a temperature range from 50°-550°C. They provide a directional hot
air flow that is adjustable. Finger seitch controls adjustable pump. Different nozzles are available.
Order-no. Model Description
T005 27 118 99 HAP 1 Set Hot air iron set 100 W, 24 V
Scope of supply
1 T005 27 115 99 HAP 1 Hot air iron 100 W / 24 V
with Hot air nozzle R 06 rund ø 3,0 mm
2 T005 87 278 21 R 04 Hot air nozzle round ø 1,2 mm
3 T005 15 152 99 WDH 30 Safety rest
HAP 1 Set
100 W, 24 V
Temperature range
50°C bis 550°C
Hot air flow ionic freei
Activation by finger switch
Hot air nozzles
page 188/189
153
3
1
2
The hot air iron HAP 200 works with the rework station WR 3M only.
Order-no. Model Description
T005 27 117 99 HAP 200 Set Hot air iron set 200 W, 24 V
Scope of supply
1 T005 27 116 99 HAP 200 Hot air iron 200 W / 24 V
with Hot air nozzle R 06 rund ø 3,0 mm
2 T005 87 278 21 R 04 Hot air nozzle round ø 1,2 mm
3 T005 15 152 99 WDH 30 Safety rest
T005 87 617 28 Adapter M6 for für HAP 200
HAP 200 Set
200 W, 24 V
Temperature range
50°C bis 550°C
Activation by finger switch
Hot air nozzles
page 188/189
Hot air
154
Solutions for cleaning challenges with lead free solder!
When using lead free it will be experienced an increased oxidati-
on in the wettable area of the tip. These oxides must be removed
regularly otherwise it will make the tip completely unwettable
and not usable anymore. When cleaning the tip by means of the
Weller WDC Dry Cleaner a special brass wool is used. First the
surplus solder is removed by tapping the tip on the soft edge of
the collector box.The final cleaning is then done by pushing
and turning the tip in the brass wool. After cleaning there is still
a fine rest of solder on the tip avoiding fast oxidation of the iron
layer which is an advantage versus the cleaning by the wet spon-
ge. The brass wool can be soaked in flux which may improve
even the performance..
Individuel cleaning methods
Wet cleaning with cleaning sponge
Why dry cleaning?
Best cleaning effect
Soldering tip will be cleaned but stays wetted
Flux will be removed
Safes from oxidation
Less temperature shock
Dry cleaning with steel or brass wool
Recommended treatment of Soldering Tips
155
Use all possiblities and accessories for lowering
the soldering tip temperature
High power infra-red preheating plate
Support for hand soldering processes without
risking overheating
Tip activator
Regeneration of oxidized tips. Use when tip is hot.
Polishing bar WPB 1
Removes compact oxid films and regenerates tip surfaces when
tip is cold.
After use wet the soldering tip again - with Weller WSW
Always use the lowest possible tip temperature and add suffici-
ent solder to the tip before placing the iron back to the safety
rest.
Dry cleaning with WDC
Soldering tip will be cleaned but stays wetted.
Flux will be removed.
Best treatment for soldering tips.
Soldering Tips
Stand-by mode
Auto-off mode
Safety rests with Stop & Go function
Tools with Acceleration sensor
156
Weller Summary Soldering Tips
Soldering Tools
Soldering Tips
XT XTR LTR ET XHT XNT RT RTW LT NT LHT HT WTA PT CT SPI DS DX F R D Q NR ND NQ NQT XDS 60 70 71 XT Löt-
stempel
Fast response
WP 65
WMP
WP 120
WP 200
WXP 65
WXP 120
WXP 200
Silver Line
FE 75
FE 80
MPR 80
WP 80
WSP 80
WSP 150
Active Tip
WMRP
WMRT
WXMP
WXMT
Standard Line
LR 21
LR 82
WTA 50
Unregulated Line Voltage Soldering Irons
SPI 16,27,41,81
Magnastat Controlled Line Voltage Soldering Irons
TCPS,TCP 12,TCP 24
W 61,101,201
Desoldering Irons
DS 22,80,DSV 80
DSX 80
DXV 80
WXDP 120
Hot Air IronsHAP 1,HAP 200
HAP 3000
Gas Powered Soldering Irons
Pyropen Jr.
Pyropen and P. Piezo
WP 60
Inert Gas Soldering Irons
WSP 80IG
WSP 120IG
Heating Elements
HER 120
HER 80
with Ad.
with Ad.
157
Soldering Tips
XT XTR LTR ET XHT XNT RT RTW LT NT LHT HT WTA PT CT SPI DS DX F R D Q NR ND NQ NQT XDS 60 70 71 XT Löt-
stempel
Fast response
WP 65
WMP
WP 120
WP 200
WXP 65
WXP 120
WXP 200
Silver Line
FE 75
FE 80
MPR 80
WP 80
WSP 80
WSP 150
Active Tip
WMRP
WMRT
WXMP
WXMT
Standard Line
LR 21
LR 82
WTA 50
Unregulated Line Voltage Soldering Irons
SPI 16,27,41,81
Magnastat Controlled Line Voltage Soldering Irons
TCPS,TCP 12,TCP 24
W 61,101,201
Desoldering Irons
DS 22,80,DSV 80
DSX 80
DXV 80
WXDP 120
Hot Air IronsHAP 1,HAP 200
HAP 3000
Gas Powered Soldering Irons
Pyropen Jr.
Pyropen and P. Piezo
WP 60
Inert Gas Soldering Irons
WSP 80IG
WSP 120IG
Heating Elements
HER 120
HER 80
158
RT Soldering Tip Series
Soldering Tips for Soldering irons WMRP,WXMP
Soldering Tips
Order-no. Model Description
T005 44 601 99 RT 1 Needle tip Ø 0,2 mm,40 W
T005 44 625 99 RT 1NW Needle tip Ø 0,1 mm,chrome,40 W
unwettable for device 0201 / 0204
T005 44 612 99 RT 1SC Chisel tip 0,4 x 0,15 mm,40 W
T005 44 626 99 RT 1SCNW Chisel tip 0,3 x 0,1 mm,chrome,40 W
unwettable for device 0201 / 0204
T005 44 602 99 RT 2 Point tip Ø 0,8 mm,40 W
T005 44 603 99 RT 3 Chisel tip 1,3 x 0,4 mm,40 W
T005 44 604 99 RT 4 Chisel tip 1,5 x 0,4 mm,40 W
T005 44 605 99 RT 5 Chisel tip bent 30° 0,8 x 0,4 mm,40 W
T005 44 606 99 RT 6 Round tip 45° sloped 1,2 mm,40 W
T005 44 607 99 RT 7 Knife tip 45° sloped 2,2 mm,40 W
T005 44 608 99 RT 8 Chisel tip 2,2 x 0,4 mm,40 W
T005 44 609 99 RT 9 Chisel tip 0,8 x 0,4 mm,40 W
T005 44 610 99 RT 10GW Gullwing tip 1,2 x 2,0 mm,40 W
T005 44 611 99 RT 11 Chisel tip 3,6 x 0,9 mm,55 W
T005 44 613 99 RT Measuring tip
159
RTW Soldering Tip Series
Adjustable soldering tips for desoldering tweezers WXMT
Order-no. Model Description
T005 44 651 99 RTW 1 Soldering tip set Ø 0,2 mm,45°,80 W,10 mm
T005 44 652 99 RTW 2 Soldering tip set Chisel tip 0,7 x 0,4 mm,45°,80 W
T005 44 653 99 RTW 3 Soldering tip set Chisel tip 3 x 1,0 mm,45°,80 W
T005 44 654 99 RTW 4 Soldering tip set Chisel tip 6 x 1,0 mm,45°,80 W
T005 44 656 99 RTW 6NW Soldering tip set Ø 0,1 mm,45°,chrome
unwettable,for soldering dand desoldering
of micro devices 0201 / 0402
Further tips on request
Soldering Tips
160
Soldering Tips
Order-no. Model Description Width A Length
T005 44 850 99 XNT 1 Round tip,(1 piece) Ø 0,5 mm 27 mm
T005 44 850 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 851 99 XNT A Chisel tip,(1 piece) 1,6 x 0,4 mm 28 mm
T005 44 851 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 852 99 XNT 1S Round tip slim,(1 piece) Ø 0,2 mm 28,5 mm
T005 44 852 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 853 99 XNT D Chisel tip,(1 piece) 4,0 x 0,8 mm 28 mm
T005 44 853 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 854 99 XNT GW Gullwing tip,(1 piece) 33 mm
T005 44 854 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 855 99 XNT 4 Round tip sloped 45°,(1 piece) Ø 1,2 mm 29,5 mm
T005 44 855 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 856 99 XNT 6 Chisel tip,(1 piece) 1,6 x 0,4 mm 29,5 mm
T005 44 856 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 857 99 XNT B Chisel tip,(1 piece) 2,4 x 0,8 mm 27 mm
T005 44 857 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 858 99 XNT C Chisel tip,(1 piece) 3,2 x 0,8 mm 27 mm
T005 44 858 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 859 99 XNT H Chisel tip,(1 piece) 0,8 x 0,4 mm
T005 44 859 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 860 99 XNT K Chisel tip,(1 piece) 1,2 x 0,4 mm 28 mm
T005 44 860 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 862 99 XNT 1SC Chisel tip slim,(1 piece) 0,4 x 0,15 mm 27 mm
T005 44 862 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 863 99 XNT KN Knife tip,(1 piece) 2 mm 33 mm
T005 44 863 10 (10 pieces)
T005 87 657 58 Barrel for WXP 65
T005 87 657 58 Barrel for WP 65
T005 44 861 99 XNT Measuring tip
XNT Soldering Tip Series
Soldering Tips for Soldering irons WXP 65,WP 65
161
Order-no. Model Description Width A Thickness B Length L
NT 1SC NT 1SC Chisel tip slim 0,4 mm 0,15 mm 14 mm
NT H NT H Chisel tip 0,8 mm 0,4 mm 8,4 mm
NT K NT K Chisel tip 1,2 mm 0,4 mm 8,4 mm
NT A NT A Chisel tip 1,6 mm 0,4 mm 9,5 mm
NT 6 NT 6 Chisel tip 1,6 mm 0,7 mm 7,4 mm
NT B NT B Chisel tip 2,4 mm 0,8 mm 7,8 mm
NT C NT C Chisel tip 3,2 mm 0,8 mm 8,2 mm
NT D NT D Chisel tip 4,0 mm 0,8 mm 8,6 mm
NT AX NT AX Chisel tip bent 1,6 mm 0,4 mm 8,2 mm
NT 1S NT 1S Round tip slim Ø 0,25 mm 8,5 mm
NT 1 NT 1 Round tip Ø 0,25 mm 7,4 mm
NT 1X NT 1X Round tip Ø 0,4 mm 8,6 mm
bent 45°
NT 4 NT 4 Round tip Ø 1,2 mm 9,9 mm
sloped 45°
NT GW NT GW Gullwing tip 2,0 mm 3,0 mm 13,4 mm
NT MS NT MS NT Measuring tip for thermoelement Ø 0,5 mm
Order-no. Description
T005 87 517 17 Silicon pad for changing bent NT tips
T005 87 517 10 Tip changing tool for changing straight NT tips
NT Soldering Tip Series
Soldering Tips for WMP
Soldering Tips
162
Soldering Tips
Order-no. Model Description Width A Thickness B
T005 44 701 99 XT AL Chisel tip long,(1 piece) 1,6 mm 1,0 mm
T005 44 701 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 713 99 XT H Chisel tip,(1 piece) 0,8 mm 0,4 mm
T005 44 713 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 702 99 XT M Chisel tip,(1 piece) 3,2 mm 1,2 mm
T005 44 702 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 703 99 XT A Chisel tip,(1 piece) 1,6 mm 0,7 mm
T005 44 703 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 704 99 XT B Chisel tip, (1 piece) 2,4 mm 0,8 mm
T005 44 704 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 705 99 XT C Chisel tip,(1 piece) 3,2 mm 0,8 mm
T005 44 705 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 706 99 XT D Chisel tip,(1 piece) 4,6 mm 0,8 mm
T005 44 706 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 736 99 XT DL Chisel tip long,(1 piece) 4,6 mm 0,8mm
T005 44 707 99 XT E Chisel tip,(1 piece) 5,9 mm 1,2 mm
T005 44 707 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 708 99 XT AA 60° Soldering tip,(1 piece) Ø 1,6 mm
T005 44 708 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 709 99 XT BB 45° Soldering tip,(1 piece) Ø 2,4 mm
T005 44 709 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 710 99 XT CC 45° Soldering tip,(1 piece) Ø 3,2 mm
T005 44 710 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 711 99 XT KN 60° Soldering tip,(1 piece) Ø 6,0 mm
T005 44 711 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 735 99 XT GW Soldering tip,(1 piece) 3,5 mm 4,8 mm
T005 44 712 99 XT GW Soldering tip,(1 piece) 2,3 mm 3,2 mm
T005 44 712 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 714 99 XT O Round tip,(1 piece) Ø 1,0 mm
T005 44 714 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 715 99 XT BS Round tip,(1 piece) Ø 2,4 mm
T005 44 715 10 (10 pieces)
XT Soldering Tip Series
Soldering Tips for Soldering irons WP 120 and WXP 120
163
Order-no. Model Description Width A Thickness B
T005 44 716 99 XT CS Round tip,(1 piece) Ø 3,2 mm
T005 44 716 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 717 99 XT DS Round tip,(1 piece) Ø 5,0 mm
T005 44 717 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 718 99 XT F 30° Randf. abgeschr.,(1 piece) Ø 1,2 mm
T005 44 718 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 719 99 XT Adapter M4 (1 piece)
T005 44 720 99 XT Adapter M5 (1 piece)
T005 44 721 99 XT D45 45° Solar Soldering tip,(1 piece) 5 mm
T005 44 721 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 730 99 XT DDH45 (1 piece) 4 mm
T005 44 730 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 722 99 XT Measuring tip
T005 87 657 11 Barrel for WXP 120
T005 87 637 09 Barrel for WP 120
Continuation page 162, XT Soldering Tips for WP 120,WXP 120
Order-no. Description
T0054473199 XT Soldering head 10 x 3 mm complete,
consists of: XT Soldering head 10x3 mm and XT soldering head adapter.
T0054473190 XT Soldering head 10 x 3 mm, spare
T0054473299 XT Soldering head 20 x 3 mm complete,
consists of: XT Soldering head 20 X 3 mm and XT soldering head adapter
T0054473290 XT Soldering head 20x3 mm, spare
T0054473399 XT Soldering head 33 x 3 mm complete,
consists of: XT Soldering head 33 x 3 mm and XT soldering head adapter
T0054473390 XT Soldering head 33 x 3 mm, spare
T0054473499 XT Soldering head adapter, spare
XT Soldering head for WP 120 and WXP 120
The XT soldering head is an ideal tool for tin coating, soldering and desoldering different components.
The adequate barrel must be ordered seperately.
Soldering Tips
164
Order-no. Model Description Width A Thickness B
T005 44 804 99 XHT C Chisel tip 3,2 mm 1,2 mm
T005 44 801 99 XHT D Chisel tip 5,0 mm 1,2 mm
T005 44 802 99 XHT E Chisel tip 7,6 mm 1,5 mm
T005 44 805 99 XHT F Chisel tip 9,3 mm 2,0 mm
T005 44 803 99 XHT Measuring tip
T005 87 637 25 Barrel WP 200,WXP 200
Spare part
Soldering Tips
XHT Soldering Tip Series
Soldering Tips for Soldering irons WP 200,WXP 200
Order-no. Model Description Width A Thickness B Length L
T005 44 723 99 XTR A Chisel tip, (1 piece) 1,6 mm 0,7 mm 36,0 mm
T005 44 723 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 724 99 XTR B Chisel tip,(1 piece) 2,4 mm 0,8 mm 35,0 mm
T005 44 724 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 725 99 XTR C Chisel tip, (1 piece) 3,2 mm 0,8 mm 35,0 mm
T005 44 725 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 726 99 XTR D Chisel tip, ( 1 piece) 4,6 mm 0,8 mm 34,5 mm
T005 44 726 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 727 99 XTR E Chisel tip, (1 piece) 5,9 mm 1,2 mm 34,5 mm
T005 44 727 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 728 99 XTR M Chisel tip, (1 piece) 3,2 mm 1,2 mm 39,0 mm
T005 44 728 10 (10 pieces)
XTR Soldering Tip Series
Soldering tip with twist lock. For use with robot heating element HER 120.
165
Soldering Tips for Soldering irons WP 80, WSP 80,
MPR 80 and FE 75, TCP-Soldering irons
Order-no. Model Description Width A Thickness B
max.Length L
T005 44 494 99 LT 1SC Chisel tip, (1 piece) 0,4 mm 0,15 mm 15,0 mm
T005 44 494 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 497 99
LT 1SCNW
Chisel tip, (1 piece),chrome 0,3 mm 0,1 mm 15,0 mm
T005 44 440 99 LT A Chisel tip,(1 piece) 1,6 mm 0,7 mm 13,5 mm
T005 44 440 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 403 11 (100 pieces)
T005 44 516 11 LT ASL Chisel tip, flat 30° (100 pieces) 1,6 mm 0,45 mm 13,5 mm
T005 44 405 99 LT B Chisel tip,(1 piece) 2,4 mm 0,8 mm 13,5 mm
T005 44 405 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 405 11 (100 pieces)
T005 44 517 11 LT BSL Chisel tip, flat 30° (100 pieces) 2,4 mm 0,45 mm 13,5 mm
T005 44 437 99 LT H Chisel tip,(1 piece) 0,8 mm 0,4 mm 13,5 mm
T005 44 437 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 412 11 (100 pieces)
T005 44 518 11 LT HSL Flacher Meißel 30° (100 pieces) 0,8 mm 0,4 mm 13,5 mm
T005 44 407 99 LT C Chisel tip, (1 piece) 3,2 mm 0,8 mm 13,5 mm
T005 44 407 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 407 11 (100 pieces)
T005 44 409 99 LT D Chisel tip, (1 piece) 4,6 mm 0,8 mm 13,5 mm
T005 44 409 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 409 11 (100 pieces)
T005 44 448 99 LT DLL Chisel tip, (1 piece) 4,6 mm 0,8 mm 13,5 mm
T005 44 448 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 438 99 LT K Chisel tip long, (1 piece) 1,2 mm 0,4 mm 21,0 mm
T005 44 438 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 413 11 (100 pieces)
T005 44 414 99 LT L Chisel tip long, (1 piece) 2,0 mm 1,0 mm 21,0 mm
T005 44 414 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 414 11 (100 pieces)
T005 44 415 99 LT M Chisel tip long, (1 piece) 3,2 mm 1,2 mm 21,0 mm
T005 44 415 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 415 11 (100 pieces)
LT Soldering Tip Series
Soldering Tips
166
Soldering Tips
T005 44 420 99 LT HX Chisel tip bent 30°, (1 piece) 0,8 mm 0,4 mm 18,0 mm
T005 44 420 11 (100 pieces)
T005 44 443 99 LT ALX Chisel tip bent 30°, (1 piece) 1,6 mm 0,7 mm 18,0 mm
T005 44 443 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 442 99 LT BX Chisel tip bent 30°, (1 piece) 2,4 mm 0,8 mm 18,0 mm
T005 44 442 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 427 99 LT AX Chisel tip bent 30°, (1 piece) 1,6 mm 0,8 mm 13,5 mm
T005 44 427 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 428 99 LT 4X Chisel tip bent 30°, (1 piece) 1,2 mm 0,4 mm 16,5 mm
T005 44 428 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 469 99 LT MX Chisel tip bent 30°,(1 piece) 3,2 mm 0,8 mm 19,3 mm
T005 44 436 99 LT 1S Round tip slim,(1 piece) Ø 0,2 mm 15,0 mm
T005 44 402 11 (100 pieces)
T005 44 496 99 LT 1SNW Round tip slim,chrome,
unwettable,(1 piece) Ø 1,0 mm
T005 44 488 99 LT 1SA Round tip slim, (1 piece) Ø 0,5 mm 16,0 mm
T005 44 435 99 LT 1 Round tip,(1 piece) Ø 0,25 mm 14,0 mm
T005 44 435 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 401 11 (100 pieces)
T005 44 498 99 LT 1NW Unwettable, chrome, (1 piece)
T005 44 489 99 LT 1A Round tip, (1 piece) Ø 0,5 mm 14,0 mm
T005 44 489 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 489 11 (100 pieces)
T005 44 404 99 LT AS Round tip, (1 piece) Ø 1,6 mm 13,5 mm
T005 44 404 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 404 11 (100 pieces)
T005 44 411 99 LT CS Round tip, (1 piece) Ø 3,2 mm 13,5 mm
T005 44 411 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 426 99 LT 1SLX
Round tip, slim bent 30°, (1 piece)
Ø 2,0 mm Ø 0,4 mm 20,5 mm
T005 44 426 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 425 99 LT 1X Round tip bent 30°, (1 piece) Ø 0,4 mm 12,5 mm
T005 44 425 10 (10 pieces)
Continuation page 165, further soldering tips for WP 80,WSP 80,MPR 80 and FE 75
Order-no. Model Description Width A Thickness B
max.Length L
167
Soldering Tips
T005 44 439 99 LT 4 Round tip sloped 45°, (1 piece) Ø 1,2 mm 15,0 mm
T005 44 439 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 421 11 (100 pieces)
T005 44 408 99 LT F Round tip sloped 45°, (1 piece) Ø 1,2 mm 13,5 mm
T005 44 408 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 408 11 (100 pieces)
T005 44 487 99 LT AA60 Round tip sloped 60°, (1 piece) 1,6 mm 4,0 mm 13,0 mm
T005 44 487 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 444 99 LT BB60 Round tip sloped 60°, (1 piece) 2,4 mm 4,0 mm 18,0 mm
T005 44 444 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 484 99 LT BB45 Round tip sloped 45°, (1 piece) 2,4 mm
T005 44 445 99 LT CC60 Round tip sloped 60°,(1 piece) 3,2 mm 6,0 mm 18,0 mm
T005 44 445 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 485 99 LT CC45 Round tip sloped 45°, (1 piece) 3,2 mm
T005 44 478 99 LT DD45 Round tip sloped 45°, (1 piece) 4,0 mm 6,0 mm 20,0 mm
T005 44 478 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 486 99 LT DD45 Round tip sloped 45°, (1 piece) 4,6 mm
T005 44 486 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 486 11 (100 pieces)
T005 44 423 99 LT 1L Conical long, (1 piece) Ø 0,2 mm 26,4 mm
T005 44 423 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 423 11 (100 pieces)
T005 44 498 99 LT 1LNW Conical long,chrome, Ø 0,1 mm
unwettable, (1 piece)
T005 44 406 99 LT 1S Conical long, (1 piece) Ø 0,4 mm 21,0 mm
T005 44 406 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 406 11 (100 pieces)
T005 44 482 99 LT T Conical long, (1 piece) Ø 0,6 mm 13,0 mm
T005 44 482 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 482 11 (100 pieces)
T005 44 481 99 LT O Conical long, (1 piece) Ø 0,8 mm 17,0 mm
T005 44 481 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 481 11 (100 pieces)
Continuation page 165/166, further soldering tips for WP 80, WSP 80, MPR 80 and FE 75
Order-no. Model Description Width A Thickness B
max.Length L
168
T005 44 424 99 LT 1LX Conical long bent, (1 piece) Ø 0,2 mm 26,4 mm
T005 44 424 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 424 11 (100 pieces)
T005 44 410 99 LT GW Gullwing tip 45°, (1 piece) Ø 2,3 mm 3,2 mm 18,8 mm
T005 44 410 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 410 11 (100 pieces)
T005 44 511 99 LT GW Gullwing tip 45°,(1 piece) Ø 3,5 mm 4,8 mm 18,8 mm
T005 44 511 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 479 99 LT KN Knife tip,(1 piece) 2,0 mm 16,5 mm
T005 44 479 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 519 99 LT K Gullwing tip 45°,(1 piece) Ø 2,0 mm 16,5 mm
T005 44 416 99 LT Measuring tip for Thermoelement, Ø 0,5 mm
(1 piece) 13,0 mm
T005 44 449 99 LT Screw 8,0 mm
with M4 outside thread (1 piece)
T005 44 495 99 LT Soldering tip set with 40 different LT tips
T005 87 207 81 ET-LT Adapter
Soldering tips of the LT series fit with the adapter to soldering iron LR 21.
Continuation page 165/166, further Soldering Tips for WP 80, WSP 80, MPR 80 and FE 75
Order-no. Model Description Width A Thickness B
max.Length L
Soldering Tips
169
MT-LT Adapter
All TCP, LR 21 soldering irons are delivered with adapter.
Order-no. Description
T005 44 121 99 MT-LT Adapter for use with
LT soldering tip series (see page 87)
T005 87 207 95 Barrel for MT-LT Adapter
T005 44 430 99 LT H HPB Chisel tip, (1 piece) 0,8 mm 0,4 mm 13,5 mm
T005 44 430 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 431 99 LT A HPB Chisel tip, (1 piece) 1,6 mm 0,7 mm 13,5 mm
T005 44 431 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 432 99 LT B HPB Chisel tip, (1 piece) 2,4 mm 0,8 mm 13,5 mm
T005 44 432 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 483 99 LT D HPB Chisel tip, (1 piece) 4,6 mm 0,8 mm 13,5 mm
* for HPB solder = solder with high consumption of lead
Caution: Not qualified for lead free solder bath or other electronic solder.
Soldering tips for high melting solder for WP 80, WSP 80, MPR 80 and FE 75
Order-no. Model Description Width A Thickness B Length L
Soldering Tips
170
Soldering Tips
Order-no. Description
T005 87 447 10 Barrel for WSP 80 spare part
T005 87 448 45 Barrel short (40 mm) for WP 80, spare part, (standard for WP 80)
T005 87 448 46 Barrel long (55 mm) for WP 80, spare part
Order-no. Model Description Width A Thickness B Length L
T005 44 501 99 SMT01 for PAD-Cleaning 10,4 mm 0,6 mm 7,1 mm
T005 44 429 99 SMT for PAD-Cleaning 10,5 mm 0,6 mm 7,5 mm
T005 44 502 99 SMT02 for PAD-Cleaning 16,8 mm 0,6 mm 7,1 mm
T005 44 503 99 SMT03 for PAD-Cleaning 20,8 mm 0,6 mm 7,1 mm
T005 44 467 89 SMT for PAD-Cleaning 35,0 mm 3,0 mm 4,0 mm
T005 44 504 99 SMT04 for Chip 1,8 mm 3,4 mm 1,8 mm
T005 44 505 99 SMT05 for Chip 1,5 mm 2,3 mm 1,8 mm
T005 44 506 99 SMT06 for Chip 2,5 mm 1,7 mm 1,4 mm
T005 44 507 99 SMT07 for Chip 2,3 mm 4,5 mm 1,8 mm
T005 44 508 99 SMT08 for DIP 4,6 mm 5,1 mm 2,3 mm
T005 44 509 99 SMT09 for DIP 10,4 mm 5,1 mm 2,3 mm
T005 44 510 99 SMT10 for DIP 11,5 mm 6,9 mm 2,3 mm
For a quick change of hot soldering tips foe
soldering irons WP 80 / WSP 80.
Barreln
SMD Soldering Tip Series
For WSP 80, WSP 80IG and WP 80, WP 120, WP 120 IG, WXP 120,
barrel and screw M4 has to be ordered separately.
171
Order-no. Model Description Width A Thickness B Length L
T005 44 441 99 LTR A Chisel tip (1 piece) 1,6 mm 0,8 mm 17,0 mm
T005 44 441 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 422 99 LTR B Chisel tip 1,5 mm
wettable (1 piece) 2,4 mm 0,8 mm 17,0 mm
T005 44 422 10 (10 pieces)
T005 44 422 71 (1 piece) 2,4 mm 0,8 mm 17,0 mm
T005 44 433 99 LTR C Chisel tip (1 piece) 3,2 mm 0,8 mm 17,0 mm
T005 44 433 10 (10 pieces) 3,2 mm 0,8 mm 17,0 mm
Special tips on request
LT Soldering Tips with twist lock
For use with soldering robot application with heating element HER 80
SMT Adapter + Tips
for LR 21, WP 80, WSP 80, WSP 80FE, WSP 80IG and MPR 80
Order-no. Model Description
T005 44 417 99 SMT SMT Adapter for WSP 80
SMTA SMTA SMT Adapter for LR 21
SMT0504A SMT0504A A/1, for components 1,0 x 1,2 mm, 12 x 1,0 mm, 1,2 x 1,2 mm, 1,6 x 0,8 mm
SMT1206D SMT1206D D/1, for components 3,2 x 1,6 mm, 3,2 x 2,5 mm
SMT8K SMT8K K/2, for components 5,0 x 4,0 mm
Soldering Tips
172
Soldering Tips for Soldering irons WSP 150
Order-no. Model Description Width A Thickness B
T005 44 455 99 LHT C Chisel tip 3,2 mm 1,2 mm
T005 44 452 99 LHT D Chisel tip 4,7 mm 1,8 mm
T005 44 451 99 LHT E Chisel tip 6,7 mm 1,8 mm
T005 44 450 99 LHT F Chisel tip 9,3 mm 1,8 mm
T005 44 513 99 LHT CX Chisel tip bent 3,2 mm 1,2 mm
T005 44 462 99 LHT DX Chisel tip bent 5,0 mm 2,0 mm
T005 44 461 99 LHT EX Chisel tip bent 7,0 mm 2,0 mm
T005 44 460 99 LHT FX Chisel tip bent 9,2 mm 2,0 mm
T005 44 456 99 LHT D 45° Sloped 45° for solar cell production 1,8 mm
T005 44 454 99 LHT Screw in tip with outside thread M6
T005 44 453 99 LHT Measuring tip for thermoelement Ø 0,5 mm
T005 87 447 95 Box nut WSP 150
Soldering Tips
LHT Soldering Tip Series
173
Soldering Tips for Soldering irons LR 21
Order-no. Model Description Width A Thickness B
4ETS ET S Longform Conical Ø 0,4 mm
4ETO ET O Longform Conical Ø 0,8 mm
4ETR ET R Chisel tip slim 1,6 mm 0,7 mm
4ETH ET H Chisel tip 0,8 mm 0,4 mm
4ETA ET A Chisel tip 1,6 mm 0,7 mm
4ETB ET B Chisel tip 2,4 mm 0,8 mm
4ETC ET C Chisel tip 3,2 mm 0,8 mm
4ETD ET D Chisel tip 4,6 mm 0,8 mm
4ETE ET E Chisel tip 5,6 mm 1,2 mm
4ETK ET K Chisel tip long 1,2 mm 0,4 mm
4ETL ET L Chisel tip long 2,0 mm 1,0 mm
4ETM ET M Chisel tip long 3,2 mm 1,2 mm
4ETF ET F Round tip sloped 45° Ø 1,2 mm
4ETBB ET BB Round tip sloped 45° Ø 2,4 mm
4ETCC ET CC Round tip sloped 45° Ø 3,2 mm
4ETP ET P Round tip blunt Ø 0,8 mm
4ETBS ET BS Round tip blunt Ø 2,4 mm
4ETCS ET CS Round tip blunt Ø 3,2 mm
T005 41 039 99 ET SMD Chip soldering / desoldering tip, component size 2,5 mm x 1,5 mm
T005 41 040 99 ET SMD Chip soldering / desoldering tip, component size 3,8 mm x 1,5 mm
T005 41 045 99 ET GW Gullwing tip
T005 41 703 99 Screw in tip with M5 outside thread
T005 24 750 99 ET Measuring tip for thermoelement Ø 0,5 mm
T005 10 311 99 Barrel
ET-LT Adapter
Soldering tips of the LT series are used with an adapter in the soldering iron LR 21.
Order-no. Model Description
T005 87 207 81 ET-LT Adaptor with barrel for use with LT series tips
with LR 21 and FE 50 soldering irons
T005 87 207 94 Spare barrel for ET-LT Adapter
ET Soldering Tip Series
Soldering Tips
174
Soldering Tips
Soldering Tips for Soldering irons LR 82 and FE 80
Order-no. Model Description Width A Thickness B
T005 44 260 99 HT 1 Chisel tip 3,2 mm 1,0 mm
T005 44 261 99 HT 2 Chisel tip 5,2 mm 1,2 mm
T005 44 262 99 HT 3 Chisel tip 7,0 mm 1,2 mm
T005 44 267 99 HT C Chisel tip long 3,2 mm 1,0 mm
T005 44 268 99 HT D Chisel tip long 4,6 mm 1,0 mm
T005 44 269 99 HT E Chisel tip long 5,6 mm 1,0 mm
T005 44 264 99 HT BS Round tip Ø 2,4 mm
T005 44 265 99 HT CS Round tip Ø 3,2 mm
T005 44 266 99 HT DS Round tip Ø 5,0 mm
T005 44 270 99 HT Screw in tip with outside thread M8nde
T005 44 263 99 HT Measuring tip for thermoelement Ø 0,5 mm
T005 26 202 99 Barrel
Spitzensets for WTA 50
Order-no. Model Description Width A Thickness B
T005 44 145 99 WTA 1S Tip set bent 45° 0,5 mm 0,5 mm
T005 44 141 99 WTA 1 Tip set bent 45° 1,0 mm 0,5 mm
T005 44 146 99 WTA 2 Tip set bent 45° 3,0 mm 0,5 mm
T005 44 147 99 WTA 3 Tip set bent 45° 6,0 mm 0,5 mm
T005 44 143 99 WTA 4 Tip set bent 45° 12,5 mm 0,5 mm
T005 44 144 99 WTA 5 Tip set bent 45° 18,5 mm 0,5 mm
T005 44 152 99 WTA 11 Tip set for vertikalen Einsatz 1,0 mm 0,5 mm
T005 44 153 99 WTA 12 Tip set for vertikalen Einsatz 3,0 mm 0,5 mm
T005 44 149 99 WT Measuring tip for thermoelement Ø 0,5 mm
HT Soldering Tip Series
WTA Soldering Tip Series
175
Soldering Tips for TCPS, TCP 12, TCP 24
Order-no. Model Description Width A Dicke B
4PTR7 PT R7 Chisel tip slim 370°C 1,6 mm 0,7 mm
4PTR8 PT R8 Chisel tip slim 425°C 1,6 mm 0,7 mm
4PTH6 PT H6 Chisel tip 310°C 0,8 mm 0,4 mm
4PTH7 PT H7 Chisel tip 370°C 0,8 mm 0,4 mm
4PTH8 PT H8 Chisel tip 425°C 0,8 mm 0,4 mm
4PTA6 PT A6 Chisel tip 310°C 1,6 mm 0,7 mm
4PTA7 PT A7 Chisel tip 370°C 1,6 mm 0,7 mm
4PTA8 PT A8 Chisel tip 425°C 1,6 mm 0,7 mm
4PTB6 PT B6 Chisel tip 310°C 2,4 mm 0,8 mm
4PTB7 PT B7 Chisel tip 370°C 2,4 mm 0,8 mm
4PTB8 PT B8 Chisel tip 425°C 2,4 mm 0,8 mm
4PTB9 PT B9 Chisel tip 480°C 2,4 mm 0,8 mm
4PTC7 PT C7 Chisel tip 370°C 3,2 mm 0,8 mm
4PTC8 PT C8 Chisel tip 425°C 3,2 mm 0,8 mm
4PTC9 PT C9 Chisel tip 480°C 3,2 mm 0,8 mm
4PTD7 PT D7 Chisel tip 370°C 4,6 mm 0,8 mm
4PTD8 PT D8 Chisel tip 425°C 4,6 mm 0,8 mm
4PTD9 PT D9 Chisel tip 480°C 4,6 mm 0,8 mm
4PTE8 PT E8 Chisel tip 425°C 5,6 mm 1,2 mm
4PTE9 PT E9 Chisel tip 480°C 5,6 mm 1,2 mm
4PTK6 PT K6 Chisel tip long 310°C 1,2 mm 0,4 mm
4PTK7 PT K7 Chisel tip long 370°C 1,2 mm 0,4 mm
4PTK8 PT K8 Chisel tip long 425°C 1,2 mm 0,4 mm
4PTL6 PT L6 Chisel tip long 310°C 2,0 mm 1,0 mm
4PTL7 PT L7 Chisel tip long 370°C 2,0 mm 1,0 mm
4PTL8 PT L8 Chisel tip long 425°C 2,0 mm 1,0 mm
4PTM7 PT M7 Chisel tip long 370°C 3,2 mm 1,2 mm
4PTM8 PT M8 Chisel tip long 425°C 3,2 mm 1,2 mm
4PTM9 PT M9 Chisel tip long 480°C 3,2 mm 1,2 mm
T005 41 307 99 PT MX7 Chisel tip bent, 3,2 mm 1,2 mm
1 side wettable 370°C
4PTCS7 PT CS7 Round tip 370°C Ø 3,2 mm
4PTDS7 PT DS7 Round tip 370°C Ø 5,0 mm
4PTS7 PT S7 Round tip long 370°C Ø 0,4 mm
4PTS8 PT S8 Round tip long 425°C Ø 0,4 mm
4PTO6 PT O6 Round tip long 310°C Ø 0,8 mm
4PTO7 PT O7 Round tip long 370°C Ø 0,8 mm
4PTO8 PT O8 Round tip long 425°C Ø 0,8 mm
PT Soldering Tip Series
Soldering Tips
176
Continuation page 175, further soldering tips for TCPS, TCP 12, TCP 24
PT-LT Adapter for TCPS,TCP 12,TCP 24
Order-no. Model Description Width A Thickness B
4PTF7 PT F7 Round tip sloped 370°C Ø 1,2 mm
4PTF8 PT F8 Round tip sloped 425°C Ø 1,2 mm
4PTAA7 PT AA7 Round tip sloped 370°C Ø 1,6 mm
4PTAA8 PT AA8 Round tip sloped 425°C Ø 1,6 mm
4PTAA9 PT AA9 Round tip sloped 480°C Ø 1,6 mm
4PTBB7 PT BB7 Round tip sloped 370°C Ø 2,4 mm
4PTBB8 PT BB8 Round tip sloped 425°C Ø 2,4 mm
4PTBB9 PT BB9 Round tip sloped 480°C Ø 2,4 mm
4PTCC7 PT CC7 Round tip sloped 370°C Ø 3,2 mm
4PTCC8 PT CC8 Round tip sloped 425°C Ø 3,2 mm
4PTCC9 PT CC9 Round tip sloped 480°C Ø 3,2 mm
4PTDD7 PT DD7 Round tip sloped 370°C Ø 5,0 mm
4PTDD8 PT DD8 Round tip sloped 425°C Ø 5,0 mm
4PTDD9 PT DD9 Round tip sloped 480°C Ø 5,0 mm
If other soldering tip dimensions are required, please use LT tips with the PT/LT adapter.
Order-no. Model Description
T005 87 207 86 PT6-LT PT6-LT-adapter with barrel 310°C
T005 87 207 87 PT7-LT PT7-LT-adapter with barrel 370°C
T005 87 207 88 PT8-LT PT8-LT-adapter with barrel 425°C
T005 87 207 89 PT9-LT PT9-LT-adapter with barrel 480°C
T005 87 207 94 Spare barrel for PT/LT adapter
Soldering Tips
Soldering tips of LT soldering tip series are used with an adapter
in soldering iron TCPS, TCP 12 and TCP 24.
All TCP and LR 21 soldering irons are delivered with the adapter.
177
Soldering Tips for W 61
Order-no. Model Description Width A
4CT5A6 CT5 A6 Chisel tip 310°C 1,6 mm
4CT5A7 CT5 A7 Chisel tip 370°C 1,6 mm
4CT5A8 CT5 A8 Chisel tip 425°C 1,6 mm
4CT5B7 CT5 B7 Chisel tip 370°C 2,4 mm
4CT5B8 CT5 B8 Chisel tip 425°C 2,4 mm
4CT5C6 CT5 C6 Chisel tip 310°C 3,2 mm
4CT5C7 CT5 C7 Chisel tip 370°C 3,2 mm
4CT5C8 CT5 C8 Chisel tip 425°C 3,2 mm
4CT5D7 CT5 D7 Chisel tip 370°C 4,7 mm
4CT5D8 CT5 D8 Chisel tip 425°C 4,7 mm
T005 42 107 99 CT5 AX7 Chisel tip bent 370°C 1,6 mm
T005 42 108 99 CT5 AX8 Chisel tip bent 425°C 1,6 mm
T005 42 117 99 CT5 BX7 Chisel tip bent 370°C 2,4 mm
T005 42 128 99 CT5 CX8 Chisel tip bent 425°C 3,2 mm
T005 42 138 99 CT5 DX8 Chisel tip bent 425°C 5,0 mm
CT5 Soldering Tip Series
Soldering Tips
178
Soldering Tips for W 101
Soldering Tips
Order-no. Model Description Width A
4CT6C7 CT6 C7 Chisel tip 370°C 3,2 mm
4CT6C8 CT6 C8 Chisel tip 425°C 3,2 mm
4CT6D7 CT6 D7 Chisel tip 370°C 5,0 mm
4CT6D8 CT6 D8 Chisel tip 425°C 5,0 mm
4CT6E7 CT6 E7 Chisel tip 370°C 7,0 mm
4CT6E8 CT6 E8 Chisel tip 425°C 7,0 mm
T005 42 307 99 CT6 CX7 Chisel tip bent 370°C 3,2 mm
T005 42 318 99 CT6 DX8 Chisel tip bent 425°C 5,0 mm
Welding wedge
Adapter
For use with LHT tips (page xx) and soldering iron W 101
Order-no. Description
T005 11 767 99 Welding wedge Teflon beschichtet,50 x 40 x 4 mm
(260°C–295°C) for W 101SP with twist lock
T005 11 767 74 Welding wedge PTFEcoated, 50 x 40 x 4 mm
Order-no. Model Description
T005 61 046 67 CT6-7 Adapter for LHT tips, 370°
T005 61 046 68 CT6-8 Adapter for LHT tips, 425°
T005 61 046 69 CT6-9 Adapter for LHT tips, 480°
CT6 Soldering Tip Series
179
Soldering Tips
Soldering Tips for W 201
Order-no. Model Description Width A
T005 42 407 99 CT2 E7 Chisel tip 370°C 7,0 mm
T005 42 408 99 CT2 E8 Chisel tip 425°C 7,0 mm
T005 42 417 99 CT2 F7 Chisel tip 370°C 10,0 mm
T005 42 418 99 CT2 F8 Chisel tip 425°C 10,0 mm
T005 42 428 99 CT2 G8 Chisel tip 425°C 11,0 mm
T005 42 507 99 CT2 EX7 Chisel tip bent 370°C 7,0 mm
T005 42 508 99 CT2 EX8 Chisel tip bent 425°C 7,0 mm
T005 42 517 99 CT2 FX7 Chisel tip bent 370°C 10,0 mm
T005 42 518 99 CT2 FX8 Chisel tip bent 425°C 10,0 mm
CT2 Soldering Tip Series
180
Soldering Tips
Soldering tips for soldering iron SPI 16
Soldering tips for soldering iron SPI 41
Soldering tips for soldering iron SPI 81
Soldering tips for soldering iron SPI 27
Order-no. Model Description Width A
4SPI15 210 SPI15 210 Needle tip 0,4 mm
4SPI15 213 SPI15 213 Needle tip 0,8 mm
4SPI15 212 SPI15 212 Chisel tip 1,2 mm
4SPI15 211 SPI15 211 Chisel tip 2,0 mm
Order-no. Model Description Width A
4SPI40224 SPI40 224 Chisel tip 2,0 mm
4SPI40225 SPI40 225 Chisel tip 3,0 mm
4SPI40220 SPI40 220 Chisel tip 5,0 mm
4SPI40226 SPI40 226 Chisel tip bent 2,0 mm
Order-no. Model Description Width A
4SPI80234 SPI80 234 Chisel tip 3,0 mm
4SPI80235 SPI80 235 Chisel tip 5,0 mm
4SPI80230 SPI80 230 Chisel tip 7,0 mm
4SPI80231 SPI80 231 Chisel tip 9,5 mm
4SPI80237 SPI80 237 Chisel tip bent 5,0 mm
4SPI80232 SPI80 232 Chisel tip bent 7,0 mm
Order-no. Model Description Width A
4SPI26206 SPI26 206 Chisel tip 1,2 mm
4SPI26200 SPI26 200 Chisel tip 2,0 mm
4SPI26201 SPI26 201 Chisel tip 3,0 mm
SPI Soldering Tip Series
181
Soldering Tips
Soldering Tips for WP 60
Order-no. Model Description Width A
T005 16 134 99 60-01-05 Needle tip Ø 0,5 mm
T005 16 443 99 60-01-01 Needle tip Ø 1,0 mm
T005 16 444 99 60-01-02 Chisel tip 2,4 mm
T005 16 446 99 60-01-04 Chisel tip 5,0 mm
T005 16 445 99 60-01-03 Round tip sloped 45° Ø 2,0 mm
T005 16 447 99 60-01-52 Hot air nozzle Ø 4,7 mm
T005 16 135 99 60-01-06 Knife 45° 5,0 mm
T005 16 448 99 60-07U Ejector unit
T005 16 450 99 60-02 Protective cap for WP 60 (spare part)
182
Soldering Tips for Pyropen Jr.
Order-no. Model Description Width A
T005 16 165 99 71-01-01 Needle tip Ø 1,0 mm
T005 16 166 99 71-01-02 Chisel tip 2,0 mm
T005 16 161 99 71-01-04 Chisel tip 5,0 mm
T005 16 167 99 71-01-03 Round tip sloped 45° Ø 2,0 mm
T005 16 168 99 71-01-50 Hot air nozzle Ø 1,5 mm
T005 16 169 99 71-01-52 Hot air nozzle Ø 4,7 mm
T005 16 172 99 71-07U Ejector unit
Soldering Tips
183
Soldering Tips for Pyropen and Pyropen Piezo
Order-no. Model Description Diameter Ø Width A
T005 16 120 99 70-01-01 Needle tip Ø 1,0 mm
T005 16 124 99 70-01-05 Needle tip extra slim Ø 0,5 mm
T005 16 129 99 70-01-10 Needle tip bent 30° Ø 1,0 mm
T005 16 121 99 70-01-02 Chisel tip 3,0 mm
T005 16 132 99 70-01-13 Chisel tip 5,0 mm
T005 16 130 99 70-01-11 Chisel tip 7,7 mm
T005 16 122 99 70-01-03 Round tip sloped Ø 2,0 mm
T005 16 123 99 70-01-04 Round tip sloped Ø 3,0 mm
T005 16 125 99 70-01-06 Round tip sloped, conical Ø 2,0 mm
T005 16 127 99 70-01-08 Round tip sloped 35° Ø 2,0 mm
T005 16 140 99 70-01-50 Hot air nozzle Ø 1,7 mm
T005 16 141 99 70-01-51 Hot air nozzle Ø 3,3 mm
T005 16 142 99 70-01-52 Hot air nozzle Ø 4,9 mm
T005 16 143 99 70-01-53 Hot air nozzle Ø 7,0 mm
T005 16 151 99 70-07TU Ejector unit, not for Piezo
T005 16 150 99 70-07SU Solder ejector, not for Piezo
T005 16 159 99 70-01-55 Reflector for Ø 6,0 mm 18,0 mm
heat shrinking
T005 16 158 99 70-01-54 Reflector for Ø 8,0 mm 22,0 mm
heat shrinking
Soldering Tips
184
Order-no. Model Description Outer Ø Inner Ø Nozzel Length
T005 13 140 00 DX 110 Nozzle (1 piece) 1,9 mm 0,7 mm 25 mm
T005 13 140 10 (10 pieces)
T005 13 141 00 DX 111 Nozzle (1 piece) 2,5 mm 0,7 mm 25 mm
T005 13 141 10 (10 pieces)
T005 13 142 00 DX 112 Nozzle (1 piece) 2,3 mm 1,0 mm 25 mm
T005 13 142 10 (10 pieces)
T005 13 143 00 DX 113 Nozzle (1 piece) 2,5 mm 1,2 mm 25 mm
T005 13 143 10 (10 pieces)
T005 13 150 00 DX 113HM Nozzle (1 piece) 2,5 mm 1,2 mm 25 mm
for improved thermal transfer
T005 13 150 10 (10 pieces)
T005 13 144 00 DX 114 Nozzle (1 piece) 3,3 mm 1,8 mm 25 mm
T005 13 144 10 (10 pieces)
T005 13 145 00 DX 115 Nozzle (1 piece) 1,9 mm 0,7 mm 29 mm
T005 13 145 10 (10 pieces)
T005 13 146 00 DX 116 Nozzle (1 piece) 2,7 mm 1,2 mm 29 mm
T005 13 146 10 (10 pieces)
T005 13 147 00 DX 117 Nozzle (1 piece) 2,9 mm 1,5 mm 25 mm
T005 13 147 10 (10 pieces)
T005 13 148 00 DX 118 Nozzle (1 piece) 1,5 mm 0,7 mm 23 mm
T005 13 148 10 (10 pieces)
T005 13 151 00 DX 119 Needle tiplet (1 piece) with 1,1 mm 0,7 mm 33 mm
unwettable stainless steel tube
for removal of solder bridges
in connection wiht hot air pencil
T005 13 151 10 (10 pieces)
T005 13 152 00 DX 120 Nozzle (1 piece) without inside 2,5 mm 1,1 mm 22 mm
tube for cleaning SMD pads.
T005 13 152 10 (10 pieces)
T005 13 153 99 Measuring nozzle 3,3 mm 0,55 mm 21,5 mm
T005 87 067 94 Conus insert cleaning tool
T005 13 790 99 Nozzle -Set DX 110 - DX 115
Desoldering Nozzles
Desoldering nozzles with threadless fixture system for DSX 80 and DXV 80
The DX series tools feature a novel threadless desoldering nozzle fixture system whereby the nozzle is inserted into the head and
locked into place by applying a 1/4 turn. This patented feature allows the desoldering nozzles to be quickly and easily exchanged
and also improves the rate of thermal transfer from the deslodering head to the desoldering nozzle providing the tools with a
faster heat up time and recovery rate. Additionally, because there are no threads in the head to foul, maintenance and costs are
reduced.
DX Desoldering Nozzle serie
185
Desoldering Nozzles
Order-no. Model Description Outer Ø Inner Ø Nozzel Length
T005 13 510 00* DS 110 Nozzle 1,9 mm 0,7 mm 18 mm
T005 13 532 00* DS 110HM Nozzle 1,9 mm 0,7 mm 18 mm
with improved heat transfer
T005 13 511 00* DS 111 Nozzle 2,5 mm 0,7 mm 18 mm
T005 13 512 00* DS 112 Nozzle 2,3 mm 1,0 mm 18 mm
T005 13 533 00* DS 112HM Nozzle 1,9 mm 0,9 mm 18 mm
with improved heat transfer
T005 13 513 00* DS 113 Nozzle 2,5 mm 1,2 mm 18 mm
T005 13 530 00* DS 113HM Nozzle 2,5 mm 1,2 mm 18 mm
with improved heat transfer
T005 13 514 00* DS 114 Nozzle 3,3 mm 1,8 mm 18 mm
T005 13 515 00* DS 115 Nozzle 1,9 mm 0,7 mm 24,5 mm
T005 13 516 00* DS 116 Nozzle 2,7 mm 1,2 mm 24,5 mm
T005 13 550 00* DS 117 Nozzle 2,9 mm 1,5 mm 18 mm
T005 13 551 00* DS 118 Nozzle 1,5 mm 0,7 mm 18 mm
T005 13 527 00* DS 119 Needle tiplet with unwettable 1,9 mm 0,7 mm 26 mm
stainless steel tube for removal of
solder bridges in connection
with hot air pencil
T005 13 552 00* DS 120 Nozzle without inside tube, 2,5 mm 1,1 mm 15,5 mm
for cleaning SMD pads
T005 24 749 99* Measuring nozzle 3,3 mm 0,55 mm 18 mm
T005 13 770 99* Nozzle-Set DS 110 - DS 115
*Discontinuation
Desloldering nozzles with thread for DS 22, DS 80 and DSV 80
DS Desoldering nozzles
186
Order-no. Description
T005 13 500 99 Cleaning set complete
for cleaning desoldering nozzles and for nozzle exchange
consists of:
T005 87 488 61 Handle
T005 13 501 99 Replacement needle set 0,6 mm / 0,9 mm / 1,4 mm / 1,9 mm
consists of:
T005 13 502 99 Replacement needle set je 1 x 1,9 mm,3 x 0,9 mm
T005 13 503 99 Replacement needle set ,je 1 x 1,9 mm,3 x 0,5 mm
Desoldering Nozzles
Cleaning set for DS + DSX nozzles
187
Desoldering Nozzles
Order-no. Model Description Outer Ø Innenr Ø Nozzel Length
T005 13 250 99 XDS Nozzle (1 piece) 1,4 mm 2,5 mm 10,5 mm
T005 13 250 10 (10 pieces)
T005 13 251 99 XDS Nozzle (1 piece) 3,0 mm 5,3 mm 10,5 mm
T005 13 251 10 (10 pieces)
T005 13 252 99 XDS Nozzle (1 piece) 1,0 mm 2,3 mm 10,5 mm
T005 13 252 10 (10 pieces)
T005 13 253 99 XDS Nozzle (1 piece) 1,2 mm 2,5 mm 10,5 mm
T005 13 253 10 (10 pieces)
T005 13 254 99 XDS Nozzle (1 piece) 1,8 mm 3,3 mm 10,5 mm
T005 13 254 10 (10 pieces)
T005 13 255 99 XDS Nozzle (1 piece) 0,7 mm 1,9 mm 16,5 mm
T005 13 255 10 (10 pieces)
T005 13 256 99 XDS Nozzle (1 piece) 1,2 mm 2,7 mm 16,5 mm
T005 13 256 10 (10 pieces)
T005 13 257 99 XDS Nozzle (1 piece) 1,5 mm 2,9 mm 10,5 mm
T005 13 257 10 (10 pieces)
T005 13 258 99 XDS Measuring tip (1 piece)
XDS Desoldering nozzle series
Desoldering nozzles for WXDP
188
Order-no. Model Description Width A Thickness B
T005 87 617 28 Adapter M6 for HAP 200
T005 87 277 74 F02 Flat nozzle 8,0 mm 1,5 mm
T005 87 277 73 F04 Flat nozzle 10,5 mm 1,5 mm
T005 87 277 72 F06 Flat nozzle 12,0 mm 1,5 mm
Order-no. Model Description Diameter D Distance C Length C
T005 87 278 23 R02 Round nozzle Ø 0,8 mm
T005 87 278 21 R04 Round nozzle Ø 1,2 mm
T005 87 278 22 R06 Round nozzle Ø 3,0 mm
T005 87 277 87 R10 Round nozzle long Ø 2,0 mm 50 mm
T005 87 277 86 R08 Round nozzle long Ø 2,0 mm 50 mm
bent
T005 87 277 76 FD2 Dual nozzle Ø 1,5 mm 8 mm
T005 87 277 75 FD4 Dual nozzle Ø 1,5 mm 10 mm
Hot air nozzles for HAP 1 and HAP 200
Hot air nozzles for HAP 1 and HAP 200
Hot Air Nozzles
189
Order-no. Model Description Length X Width Y
T005 87 277 79 D04 Hot air nozzle, 2 sides heated 10,5 mm 10,5 mm
with pre-heating plate
T005 87 277 82 D06 Hot air nozzle, 2 sides heated 13,0 mm 10,0 mm
with pre-heating plate
T005 87 277 81 D08 Hot air nozzle, 2 sides heated 15,0 mm 10,0 mm
with pre-heating plate
T005 87 277 84 D10 Hot air nozzle, 2 sides heated 18,0 mm 10,0 mm
with pre-heating plate
Order-no. Model Description Length X Width Y
T005 87 277 77 Q02 Hot air nozzle, 4 sides heated 6,0 mm 6,5 mm
T005 87 277 78 Q04 Hot air nozzle, 4 sides heated 6,0 mm 9,0 mm
T005 87 277 80 Q06 Hot air nozzle, 4 sides heated 15,0 mm 10,0 mm
with pre-heating plate
T005 87 277 83 Q08 Hot air nozzle, 4 sides heated 12,5 mm 15,0 mm
with pre-heating plate
T005 87 278 12 SK709 Hot air nozzle, 4 sides heated 12,0 mm 12,0 mm
with pre-heating plate
T005 87 277 85 Q10 Hot air nozzle, 4 sides heated 18,0 mm 18,0 mm
with pre-heating plate
T005 87 278 08 R01 Measuring nozzle for calibration
Hot air nozzles for HAP 1 and HAP 200
2 sides heated (Type D, Length X = beheizte Seite)
Hot air nozzles for HAP 1 and HAP 200
4 sides heated (Type Q)
Hot Air Nozzles
190
The ND and NQ nozzles have an integrated pre-heating plate
for pre-heating components by means of contact heat.
Air outlet slots are located around the plate with a width
of approx. 1 mm for the hot air.
Order-no. Model Description Diameter Ø
T005 87 368 81 NR04 Round nozzle, without vacuum Ø 2,5 mm
T005 87 368 67 NR05 Round nozzle, without vacuum Ø 4,0 mm
T005 87 368 70 NR10 Round nozzle, without vacuum Ø 7,0 mm
T005 87 507 70 NRV07 Hot air nozzle Ø 7,0 mm
with vacuum for small components
T005 87 507 72 NRV10 Hot air nozzle Ø 10,0 mm
with vacuum for small components
T005 87 507 74 NRV12 Hot air nozzle Ø 12 mm
with vacuum for small components
T005 87 368 82 NR02 Round nozzle, bent Ø 1,7 mm x 45°
without vacuum
T005 87 507 65 NR06 Round nozzle, bent Ø 6,0 mm x 45°
without vacuum
T005 87 368 83 DR05 Dual nozzle round, without vacuum 2 x Ø 2,5 mm
Hot air nozzles for HAP 3000 (WHA 3000P / V),
HAP 2 (WHA 2000) and HAP 3 (WHA 700, WHA 300)
Hot Air Nozzles
191
Order-no. Model Description Length X Width Y
T005 87 368 43 ND05 Hot air nozzle, 2 sides heated 10,7 mm 10,7 mm
T005 87 368 42 ND 10 Hot air nozzle, 2 sides heated 14,0 mm 10,0 mm
T005 87 368 41 ND 15 Hot air nozzle, 2 sides heated 19,0 mm 12,0 mm
T005 87 368 40 ND 20 Hot air nozzle, 2 sides heated 21,5 mm 14,8 mm
T005 87 369 32 ND SK535/A Hot air nozzle, without edge 8,5 mm 20,0 mm
for thin components
T005 87 369 33 ND SK535/B Hot air nozzle, without edge 10,5 mm 20,0 mm
for thin components
T005 87 507 34 ND SK699 Hot air nozzle, without edge 12,5 mm 20,0 mm
for thin components
T005 87 369 34 ND SK535/C Hot air nozzle, without edge 14,0 mm 20,0 mm
for thin components
2 sides heated (Type ND, Width X = heated side)
Hot Air Nozzles
192
Order-no. Model Description Length X Width Y
T005 87 368 39 NQ05 Hot air nozzle, 4 sides heated 10,7 mm 10,7 mm
T005 87 368 38 NQ15 Hot air nozzle, 4 sides heated 14,5 mm 10,0 mm
T005 87 368 18 NQ10 Hot air nozzle, 4 sides heated 14,8 mm 14,8 mm
T005 87 368 37 NQ20 Hot air nozzle, 4 sides heated 15,5 mm 13,0 mm
T005 87 368 14 NQ25 Hot air nozzle, 4 sides heated 18,0 mm 18,0 mm
T005 87 507 21 NQ30 Hot air nozzle, 4 sides heated 17,5 mm 23,5 mm
T005 87 368 07 NQ35 Hot air nozzle, 4 sides heated 20,5 mm 20,5 mm
T005 87 368 80 NQ Hot air nozzle, 4 sides heated 24,0 mm 12,0 mm
T005 87 368 04 NQ40 Hot air nozzle, 4 sides heated 26,0 mm 26,0 mm
T005 87 368 33 NQ45 Hot air nozzle, 4 sides heated 31,3 mm 31,3 mm
T005 87 368 91 NQ50 Hot air nozzle, 4 sides heated 36,0 mm 36,0 mm
T005 87 368 90 NQ55 Hot air nozzle, 4 sides heated 43,0 mm 43,0 mm
Four sides heated (Type NQ)
Hot Air Nozzles
193
Order-no. Model Description Length X Width Y
T005 87 507 41 NQT 10 Hot air nozzle, 4 sides heated, 14,8 mm 14,8 mm
without protruding edge for
thin components
T005 87 507 42 NQT25 Hot air nozzle, 4 sides heated, 18,0 mm 18,0 mm
without protruding edge for
thin components
T005 87 507 39 NQT Hot air nozzle, 4 sides heated, 22,0 mm 22,0 mm
without protruding edge for
thin components
T005 87 368 75 NA 20 Measuring nozzle for calibration
Special tips on request
Order-no. Description
T005 87 137 99 Ø 4,5 mm, 10 pieces
T005 87 137 98 Ø 10,0 mm, 10 pieces
4 sides heated (Type NQ) continuation
Rubber insert for CSF heads (spare)
Hot Air Nozzles
194
The patented hot air nozzles of the WQB rework systems,
coupled with digital control of the hot air temperature and
its flow rate provide an even convective heating of the com-
ponent. This in turn ensures reatability of the reflow process.
Order-no. Nozzle housing inside Nozzle housing outside
T005 87 479 47 7,6 x 7,99 mm 8,6 x 8,9 mm
T005 87 479 43 6,5 x 6,5 mm 7,5 x 7,5 mm
T005 87 479 45 8,5 x 8,5 mm 9,5 x 9,5 mm
T005 87 479 61 8,5 x 10,6 mm 9,5 x 11,6 mm
T005 87 549 67 10,0 x 10,0 mm 11,0 x 11,0 mm
T005 87 478 48 12,0 x 12,0 mm 13,0 x 13,0 mm
T005 87 479 04 13,5 x 13,5 mm 14,3 x 14,3 mm
T005 87 479 35 15,5 x 15,5 mm 16,5 x 16,5 mm
T005 87 478 93 15,0 x 11,0 mm 16,0 x 12,0 mm
T005 87 548 36 18,5 x 10,0 mm 19,5 x 11,0 mm
T005 87 479 77 15,5 x 23,5 mm 16,5 x 24,5 mm
T005 87 478 33 18,0 x 18,0 mm 20,0 x 20,0 mm
T005 87 547 70 21,0 x 21,0 mm 23,0 x 23,0 mm
T005 87 548 20 22,0 x 22,0 mm 24,0 x 24,0 mm
T005 87 477 64 25,0 x 25,0 mm 27,0 x 27,0 mm
T005 87 479 93 27,0 x 23,0 mm 29,0 x 25,0 mm
T005 87 478 50 27,0 x 27,0 mm 29,0 x 29,0 mm
T005 87 479 27 29,0 x 29,0 mm 31,0 x 31,0 mm
T005 87 479 99 28,0 x 32,0 mm 30,0 x 34,0 mm
T005 87 479 06 33,0 x 33,0 mm 35,0 x 35,0 mm
T005 87 548 87 35,0 x 35,0 mm 37,0 x 37,0 mm
T005 87 477 53 37,0 x 37,0 mm 39,0 x 39,0 mm
T005 87 478 71 39,5 x 39,5 mm 41,5 x 41,5 mm
T005 87 478 74 42,0 x 42,0 mm 44,0 x 44,0 mm
T005 87 549 03 45,0 x 11,0 mm 47,0 x 13,0 mm
T005 87 477 63 46,0 x 46,0 mm 48,0 x 48,0 mm
T005 87 479 16 47,0 x 47,0 mm 49,0 x 49,0 mm
T005 87 479 41 49,0 x 49,0 mm 51,0 x 51,0 mm
T005 87 479 85 57,0 x 18,5 mm 59,0 x 20,0 mm
Special sizes on request
Hot air nozzle for WQB 4000SOPS
Hot Air Nozzles
195
Hot Air Nozzles
196
Electric Screwdriver
“Power is nothing without control...“
Wide accessory program - analog or digital power
units, torque tester, tool connection cables as well as
a large bit portfolio
Flexible solutions
197
Noise level as of standard conversations
(below emission level in hospitals during day duty)
Ergonomic unit
Light and compact
ESD safe
No emission
No harmful carbon dust due to brushless motor
Brushless, maintenance free motor
Compatilbe units
Analog and digital power units, clutch systems or
electronic screwdrivers - all tools are compatible and
for different applications
Low running costs
Operational safety and environment pollution
Electric Screwdriver
ESD
198
WTS DWTS A
WBTS12L WBTS35L WTBS35ECL WBTS12P WBTS35P
Digital Power Unit Digital Power Unit
Accessories
W C A B 5 M
WTT5
W C A B 5 M S
W B A L
W A H 3 5
W A H 1 2
Electric Srewdriver
199
Technical data
Mains supply voltage 100 - 240 VAC
Speed control from 60% to 100% of nominal speed
Display no LED
Operation panel Simply rotary dial adjustment Text display
Torque range display no yes
Order-No. T005 39 016 99 T005 39 006 99
WTS DWTS A
Electric Screwdriver
Start Lever start Lever start Lever start Push to start Push to start
Torque range 0,05 - 1,2Nm 0,5 - 3,5 Nm 0,5 - 3,5 Nm 0,05 - 1,2Nm 0,5 - 3,5Nm
For use with 1/4“ bits 1/4“ 1/4“ 1/4“ 1/4“ 1/4“
Brushless, maitenance yes yes yes yes yes
free motor
Right and left rotation yes yes yes yes yes
Low noise <55dBA <55dBA <55dBA <55dBA <55dBA
WBTS12L WBTS35L WBTS35ECL WBTS12P WBTS35P
200
Electric screwdriver
WTS A
WTS D
Order-No. Model Description
T005 39 016 99 WTS A Analogue Power Unit
Order-No. Model Description
T005 39 006 99 WTS D Digital Power Unit, recommended
ECL Electric Screwdriver
Simply rotary dial adjustment
Soft start capability
- ramp from 0 to 2 sec.
ESD compliant housing
Easy operation with text
display and simple program-
ming, multiple languages
Soft start capability - ramp
from 0 to 2 sec.
Suitable for complex
tightening applications
ESD compliant housing
201
WBTS12L Electric Screwdriver
WBTS35L Electric Screwdriver
WBTS35ECL Electric Screwdriver
WBTS12P Electric Screwdriver
WBTS35P Electric Screwdriver
Order-No. Model Description
T005 39 091 99 WBTS12L Electric Screwdriver with lever start
and 8-pin interface cable, connecting cable 2,5 m
Order-No. Model Description
T005 39 093 99 WBTS35L Electric Screwdriver with lever start
and 8-pin interface cable, connecting cable 2,5 m
Order-No. Model Description
T005 39 095 99 WBTS35ECL Electric Screwdriver with lever start
and 8-pin interface cable, connecting cable 2,5 m
Order-No. Model Description
T005 39 092 99 WBTS12P Electric Screwdriver push to start
and 8-pin interface cable, connecting cable 2,5 m
Order-No. Model Description
T005 39 094 99 WBTS35P Electric Screwdriver push to start
and 8-pin interface cable, connecting cable 2,5 m
Lever start
Torque setting via clutch
spring compression
Lever start
Torque setting via clutch
spring compression
Lever start
Torque setting via
digital controller
Push to start
Torque setting via clutch
spring compression
Push to start
Torque setting via clutch
spring compression
Electric Screwdriver
202
Accessories
WAH12 Angle head
WAH35 Angle head
WBAL Balancer
Order-No. Model Description
T005 87 677 01 WAH12 90° Angle head for WBTS12L
Order-No. Model Description
T005 87 677 02 WAH35 90° Angle head for WBTS35L
Order-No. Model Description
T005 87 677 03 WBAL Balancer
Especially for tight work spaces
Especially for tight work spaces
Working load limit from
0,4 to 1,0 kg
203
WCAB5M Connecting cable
WCAB5MS Connecting cable
WTT5 Torque tester
Order-No. Model Description
T005 87 677 04 WCAB5M Connecting cable 5 m, 8-pin
Order-No. Model Description
T005 87 677 05 WCAB5MS Connecting cable with twist 5 m, 8-pin
Order-No. Model Description
T005 87 677 06 WTT5 Torque tester from 0,2 until 5 Nm
Flexible connecting cable
Flexible connecting cable
with twist
Tester for screwdriver calibration
3 units of torque measurements
Automatic shut down
2 Display mode selectable
Battery powered or power supply
Electric Screwdriver
204
Phillips®-Bits
Pozidriv® Bits
Order-No. Point Size Overall Length Turned Length (A) Turned OD (B)
Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm
446-0X 0 1 25 7/16 11 0,108 4,06
446-1X 1 1 25 7/16 11 0,108 4,06
446-2X 2 1 25 7/16 11 0,108 4,06
Order-No. Point Size Overall Length Turned Length (A) Turned OD (B)
Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm
440-1-PZDX 1 1 25
440-2-PZDX 2 1 25
440-215-PZDX 2 11/2 38
440-22-PZDX 2 2 51
440-3-PZDX 3 1 25
440-4-PZDX 4 11/4 32
446-1-PZDX * 1 1 25 7/16 11 0,18 4,6
446-2-PZDX * 2 1 25 7/16 11 0,18 4,6
1/4“ Hex Insert Bits -
Limited Clearance
1/4“ Hex Insert Bits
Suitable Bits and Drive
B
A
B
A
205
Slotted Bits
Torx® Bits
Order-No. Screw Size Length Blade Thickness Blade Width
Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm
445-000X 1F-2R 1 25 ,021 ,53 ,125 3,2
445-00X 2F-3R 1 25 ,025 ,64 ,140 3,6
445-0X 3F-4R 1 25 ,030 ,76 ,154 3,9
445-10X 4F-5R 1 25 ,034 ,86 ,185 4,7
445-20X 5F-6R 1 25 ,036 ,91 ,216 5,5
445-30X 6F-7R 1 25 ,038 ,97 ,248 6,3
Order-No. Point Size Overall Length
Inch mm
440-TX-05X T-5 1 25
440-TX-06X T-6 1 25
440-TX-07X T-7 1 25
440-TX-08X T-8 1 25
440-TX-09X T-9 1 25
440-TX-10X T-10 1 25
440-TX-15X T-15 1 25
440-TX-20X T-20 1 25
440-TX-25X T-25 1 25
440-TX-27X T-27 1 25
440-TX-30X T-30 1 25
440-TX-40X T-40 1 25
1/4“ Hex Insert Bits -
Limited Clearance
1/4“ Hex Insert Bits
Electric Screwdriver
206
Socket Head Bits
Bit Holder
Order-No. Point Size Overall Length
Inch mm
185-1.5MM 1,5 mm 1 25
185-2MM 2,0 mm 1 25
185-2.5MM 2,5 mm 1 25
185-3MM 3,0 mm 1 25
185-4MM 4,0 mm 1 5/16 33
185-5MM 5,0 mm 1 5/16 33
185-6MM 6,0 mm 1 5/16 33
185-7MM 7,0 mm 1 1/4 32
185-8MM 8,0 mm 1 1/4 32
185-9MM 9,0 mm 1 1/4 32
185-10MM 10,0 mm 1 1/4 32
Order-No. Size Overall Length mm
M-490-2 2 51 Magnetic
M-490-NR 2 31/32 75 Magnetic; No lock ring
M-490 2 31/32 75 Magnetic
M-497 3 3/32 Magnetic; 3/8“ (9,5 mm) reduced dia.
1/4“ Hex Insert Bits - Metric
Hex Drive for 1/4“ Hex Inserts
Suitable Bits and Drive
207
Slotted Drive
Order-No. Screw Size Length Blade Thickness Blade Width / Body Ø
Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm
320-000X 1F-2R 1 15/16 49 ,022 ,56 ,155 3,10
326-000X 1F-2R 2 3/4 70 ,022 ,56 ,155 3,10
320-00X 2F-3R 1 15/16 49 ,026 ,66 ,134 3,40
326-00X 2F-3R 2 3/4 70 ,026 ,66 ,134 3,40
320-0X 3F-4R 1 15/16 49 ,030 ,76 ,151 3,84
326-0X 3F-4R 2 3/4 70 ,030 ,76 ,151 3,84
320-1X 4F 6R 1 15/16 49 ,034 ,86 ,187 4,75
326-1X 4F-5R 2 3/4 70 ,034 ,86 ,187 4,75
320-20X 5F-6R 1 15/16 49 ,036 ,91 ,215 5,46
326-20X 5F-6R 2 3/4 70 ,036 ,91 ,215 5,46
320-2X 5F-6R 1 15/16 49 ,036 ,91 ,250 6,35
326-2X 5F-6R 2 3/4 70 ,036 ,91 ,250 6,35
1/4“ Hex Power Drive
Electric Screwdriver
208
Suitable Bits and Drive
Socket Head Drive
Order-No. Point Size Overall Length
Inch mm
AM-1.5MM 1,5 mm 1 15/16 49
AM-2MM 2,0 mm 1 15/16 49
AM-2.5MM 2,5 mm 1 15/16 49
AM-3MM 3,0 mm 1 15/16 49
AM-3MM-3 3,0 mm 3 76
AM-3MM-4 3,0 mm 4 102
AM-4MM 4,0 mm 1 15/16 49
AM-5MM 5,0 mm 1 15/16 49
AM-5MM-4 5,0 mm 4 102
AM-6MM 6,0 mm 1 15/16 49
AM-6MM-4 6,0 mm 4 102
AM-7MM 7,0 mm 1 15/16 49
AM-8MM 8,0 mm 1 15/16 49
AM-10MM 10,0 mm 1 15/16 49
1/4“ Hex Power Drive - Metric
Pozidriv®-Klingen
Order-No. Size Overall Length Body Ø Turned Length
Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm
491-PZDX 1 1 15/10 49 3/10 4,6 1 1/4 32
491-A-PZDX 1 2 3/4 70 3/16 48 2 51
492-PZDX 2 1 15/16 49 1/4 6,4 1 1/4 32
492-A-PZDX 2 2 3/4 70 1/4 6,4 2 51
493-PZDX 3 1 15/16 49 5/16 7,9 1 25
493-A-PZDX 3 2 3/4 70 5/16 7,9 1 3/4 44
1/4“ Hex Power Drive
209
Torx® Drive
Order-No. Driver Size Body Ø Overall Length
mm Inch mm
49-TX-05 T5 3,0 1 15/16 49
49-A-TX-05 T-5 3,0 2 3/4 70
49-TX-06 T-6 3,0 1 15/16 49
49-A-TX-06 T-6 3,0 2 3/4 70
49-TX-07 T-7 3,0 1 15/16 49
49-A-TX-07 T-7 3,0 2 3/4 70
49-A-TX-08 T-8 3,0 2 3/4 70
49-TX-09 T-9 3,0 1 15/16 49
49-A-TX-09 T-9 3,0 2 3/4 70
49-TX-10 T-10 3,8 1 15/16 49
49-A-TX-10 T-10 3,8 2 3/4 70
49-TX-15 T-15 3,8 1 15/16 49
49-A-TX-15 T-15 3,8 2 3/4 70
49-TX-20 T-20 4,3 1 15/16 49
49-A-TX-20 T-20 4,3 2 3/4 70
49-TX-25 T 25 4,0 1 15/16 49
49-B-TX-25 T-25 4,9 3 1/2 89
49-TX-27 T-27 5,5 1 15/16 49
49-B-TX-27 T 27 5,5 3 1/2 89
49-TX-30 T-30 6,0 1 15/16 49
49-B-TX-30 T-30 6,0 3 1/2 89
49-TX-40 T 40 7,8 1 15/16 49
49-B-TX-40 T-40 7,8 3 1/2 89
1/4“ Hex Power Drive
Electric Screwdriver
210
Suitable Bits and Drive
Phillips® Drive
Order-No. Point Size Overall Length Body Ø Turned Length
Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm
4910X 0 1 15/16 49 1/8 3,2 1 1/4 32
4910-AX 0 2 3/4 70 1/8 3,2 2 51
491X 1 1 15/16 49 3/16 4,8 1 1/4 32
491-AX 1 2 3/4 70 3/16 4,8 2 51
492X 2 1 15/16 49 1/4 6,4 1 1/4 32
492-AX 2 2 3/4 70 1/4 6,4 2 51
493X 3 1 15/16 49 5/16 7,9 1 25
493-AX 3 2 3/4 70 5/16 7,9 1 3/4 44
1/4“ Hex Power Drive
211
Electric Screwdriver
212
Dispensers, Syringes Adapters, Needles
Less is more ...
213
Dispensers
the adequate dispenser for every application
2 versions of dispenser, 1 or 2 channel
tremendous economy of consumables
quick overview and selection of accessories
Easy equipment selection
reduced sources of errors due to manual control
dispensing time via potentiometer
protection against pollution
vacuum technology for drop stop
Easy handling
214
Dispensers
KDS824A
KDS834A
KDS806V
Order No. Model Description
0053163699 KDS824A Deluxe Shot Meter
230V/120V
Order No. Model Description
0053165699 KDS834A Economy Shot Meter
230V/120V
Order No. Model Description
KDS806V KDS806V Foot Valve with Vacuum
Shot time duration adjustable
from 0,01 to 99,99 seconds
Vacuum feature prevents
dripping
Electrically actuated foot
pedal
One channel without time
controlled air
Hot time duration adjustable
from 0,01 to 99,99 seconds
Vacuum feature prevent
dripping
Electrically actuated foot
pedal
Basic ON-OFF function
Foot actuated for excellent
ergonomics
Works on compressed air
input only, no electricity
required
0-100 PSI regulator and
gauge
Vacuum feature prevents
dripping
215
KDS301
Wands
Spare Parts Suction Cups KDS301
Order No. Model Description
KDS301 KDS301 Vacuum Pick-up Wand
Order No. Model Description
KDS260S KDS260S Suction Cup Small 3,2 mm for KDS301
KDS260M KDS260M Suction Cup Medium 6,3 mm for KDS301
KDS260L KDS260L Suction Cup Large 9,5 mm for KDS301
Attaches to the air accessory
port of the KDS824A
A finger control on the wand
allows an easily pick up of
small components
Comes with three sizes
of conductive suction
cups KDS260S (3,2 mm),
KDS260M (6,3 mm),
KDS260L (9,5 mm)
Dispensers
216
Unique design works with all manufacturer´s syringes
360° swivel on adapter head for ease of motion
Use with single component, two part, self-leveling and non-self-leveling
materials
Metal Adapters Assemblies (universal)
Plastic Adapters Assemblies
Miscellaneous Accessories
Syringe Adapters
Order No. Size Airline Diameter Pack quantity
Inch mm
KDS805S6 5CC 3/32“ 2,4 1
KDS810S6 10CC 3/32“ 2,4 1
KDS830S6 30CC 3/32“ 2,4 1
Order No. Size Airline Diameter Pack quantity
Inch mm
KDS510S6 10CC 3/32“ 2,4 1
KDS530S6 30CC 3/32“ 2,4 1
Metal syringe adapter with
6“ (2 m) air line and fitting
Plugs directly into any shot
meters
Fittes all syringes usual in
trade
Plastic adapter head with 6“
(2 m) air line and fitting
for Kahnetics syringes only
Syringe Adapters
Order No. Description
KDS816 Syringe Holder Stand
217
Stainless Steel Plastic Hub
Dispensing Needles
Needles
Order No. Description Gauge Inside Ø Outside Ø Length Colour Pack quantity
Zoll mm Zoll mm Zoll mm
KDS1412P Threaded Hub Needle 14 0,067 1,70 0,083 2,11 1/2 12,70 dark green 50
KDS141P Threaded Hub Needle 14 0,067 1,70 0,083 2,11 1 25,40 dark green 50
KDS1512P Threaded Hub Needle 15 0,060 1,52 0,072 1,83 1/2 12,70 orange 50
KDS1612P Threaded Hub Needle 16 0,053 1,35 0,064 1,63 1/2 12,70 purple 50
KDS161P Threaded Hub Needle 16 0,053 1,35 0,064 1,63 1 25,40 purple 50
KDS16112P Threaded Hub Needle 16 0,053 1,35 0,064 1,63 1 1/2 38,10 purple 50
KDS1712P Threaded Hub Needle 17 0,045 1,14 0,060 1,52 1/2 12,70 purple 50
KDS1812P Threaded Hub Needle 18 0,038 0,97 0,050 1,27 1/2 12,70 pink 50
KDS181P Threaded Hub Needle 18 0,038 0,97 0,050 1,27 1 25,40 pink 50
KDS1912P Threaded Hub Needle 19 0,032 0,81 0,042 1,07 1/2 12,70 brown 50
KDS191P Threaded Hub Needle 19 0,032 0,81 0,042 1,07 1 25,40 brown 50
KDS2012P Threaded Hub Needle 20 0,026 0,66 0,035 0,89 1/2 12,70 yellow 50
KDS201P Threaded Hub Needle 20 0,026 0,66 0,035 0,89 1 25,40 yellow 50
KDS2112P Threaded Hub Needle 21 0,023 0,58 0,032 0,89 1/2 12,70 green 50
KDS2212P Threaded Hub Needle 22 0,019 0,48 0,028 0,71 1/2 12,70 black 50
KDS221P Threaded Hub Needle 22 0,019 0,48 0,028 0,71 1 25,40 black 50
KDS2312P Threaded Hub Needle 23 0,017 0,43 0,025 0,64 1/2 12,70 light blue 50
KDS2512P Threaded Hub Needle 25 0,012 0,30 0,020 0,51 1/2 12,70 lblue 50
KDS3012P Threaded Hub Needle 30 0,006 0,15 0,012 0,30 1/2 12,70 lavender 50
KDS660 Pieces Needle Kit 500
KDSSAMPLEPACK Needle Sample Pack 5
Packages 1.000 pcs. on request
Dispensers
218
Needles
Tapered Tip Needles
Order No. Description Gauge Inside Ø Colour Pack quantity
Zoll mm
KDS14TNP Taper Tip Needle 14 0,063 1,60 salmon 50
KDS16TNP Taper Tip Needle 16 0,048 1,22 grey 50
KDS18TNP Taper Tip Needle 18 0,034 0,86 green 50
KDS20TNP Taper Tip Needle 20 0,024 0,61 pink 50
KDS22TNP Taper Tip Needle 22 0,017 0,43 blue 50
219
Miscellaneous Accessories
Order No. Description Pack quantity
KDS825 Panel Mount Coupler 1
KDS900 Male Connector large Barb 5
KDS901 Female Connector for KDS301 1
TAL332CH Air-line for syring adapter 1
APC5132CM Air-line for KDS301 1
Dispensers
220
Contents
Erem Tools Precision Made in Switzerland 220 – 223
Tweezers 224 – 247
Erem impresses 226 – 227
Special applications 228 – 229
Tweezers with pointed tips 230 – 237
Tweezers with flat round tips 238
Tweezers with ergonomic handles 239
SMD tweezers 240 – 242
Locking gripping tweezers 243
Wafer tweezers 244 – 245
Cutting tweezers 245
Stripping tweezers 246
Extraction tweezers 247
Cutters 248 – 289
Erem impresses 252 – 253
Choosing the right tool 254 – 259
Special applications 260 – 261
Series 600 Micro cutters 262 – 265
Series 2400 MagicSense cutters 266 – 269
Series 500 Medium cutters 270 – 275
Series 800 Maxi cutters 276 – 279
Tungsten-carbide cutters 280 – 283
Special applications 284 – 285
Pneumatic side cutters and tip cutters 286 – 287
Distance cutters 288 – 289
221
Pliers 290 – 303
Erem pliers 292 – 297
Stripping pliers 298 – 299
Forming pliers 300 – 303
Special tools 304 – 313
IC and SMD tools 306 – 307
Fibre optic tools 308 – 309
Vacuum micromanipulator 310 – 313
Kits 314 – 322
222
Tweezers
Precision Made in Switzerland
The quality and performance of our Erem precision tools
are the product of more than 40 years of development and
know-how. Made in Switzerland, Erem tools are the result
of constant product development and innovation to meet
customer demands and the requirements of modern manu-
facturing techniques.
Constantly changing market developments encourage Erem
to design and manufacture forward looking tools for appli-
cations in the fields of electronics, aviation / aero-space, biol-
ogy, medical accessories, the watch industry and telecom-
munications.
Erem tools enjoy the deserved high reputation of Swiss
precision manufacture and our expertise, combined with
ease of use and operator comfort make them an ideal
partner in global manufacturing processes.
Erem is a branch of Cooper Hand Tools whose European
headquarters are located in Besigheim, Germany.
Cooper Hand Tools is a subsidiary of Cooper Industries,
headquartered in Houston Texas, has a global workforce of
35,000 and achieved sales of $5 billion US.
The genuine Swiss
pliers & tweezers
Since
19 63
223
Tweezers
Tweezers
Erem manufacture a wide range
of tweezers.
The combination of expert manufacture, symmetry and
balance give Erem tweezers their renowned reputation
for precision and the highest quality.
Pointed tips for precision work
Ergonomically shaped handles prevent hand fatigue
Large selection of matching SMD tweezers and cutting
tweezers for individual applications
225
Tweezers
226
Erem impresses
The choice of which tweezers to use
will depend as much on the material it is
made from as the function it carries out:
Hardened steel
Tweezers made from hardened steel are
typified by their particularly hard tips,
which ensure great durability. The twee-
zers are magnetic and the material is not
non-rusting.
Stainless steel
Tweezers made from stainless steel have
robust tips and are non-rusting. The mate-
rial is less hard than hardened steel.
Stainless-steel tweezers have the identifi-
cation letter „S“ in their order numbers.
Erem special stainless steel
This alloy is non-magnetic. The tweezers
are non-rusting, acid-proof and heat-
resistant up to 300°C (512°F).
Tweezers made from special stainless steel
tweezers have the identification letter
„SA“ in their order numbers.
Titanium
Titanium tweezers are light weight and
resistant to high temperatures.
Erem manufactures a wide range of preci-
sion tweezers. The range covers tweezers
made from hardened steel, stainless steel,
non-magnetic acid resistant stainless steel,
titanium, brass, nickel silver and nickel-
plated tweezers. Tweezer tips can be
serrated or smooth metal, or made from
synthetic ESD safe material to prevent
damage to fragile surfaces.
In addition to SMD and stripping twee-
zers, the range includes special gripping
tweezers, which enable particularly fine
wires or insulated optical fibres to be held
and manipulated.
Erem can make to order tweezers for
specialised applications. The combination
of precision-manufactured, symmetrical
tips and perfect balance make Erem
tweezers outstanding high-precision tools
of the highest quality.
Material
227
Only Erem offers tweezers with a special
Pyroplast coating.
Advantages:
Heat-resistant up to 500°C (932°F), al-
most twice as high as Teflon® or Cralon
No capillary effect on tips, e.g. while
soldering (non-stick property)
No contamination caused by positive
or negative charge
Water-resistant
Radiation-resistant
Thickness of coating 60-80 µ
The Pyroplast coating is not available
on all Erem tweezers.
It is made to order and requires a
minimum order quantity.
Please contact your nearest sales office
for more information.
Erem has developed a series of tweezers
with ergonomic handles to reduce the
risk of Repetitive Strain Injuries (RSI) to the
hands.
The identification letter in the order num-
ber is „E“.
Erem also offers two further innova-
tive tweezers with ergonomically
shaped handles:
E15AGW cutting tweezers with
hardened cutting edges for increased
service life
EOODSA precision tweezers with
straight strong tips which are
inside-serrated for secure handling
Advantages:
Ergonomically shaped handles reduce
Carpal Tunnel Syndrome (CTS) and early
hand fatigue
Two-color, thermally insulated soft-grip
handles made from soft foam material
ensure high user comfort
Manufactured from non-magnetic,
acid-proof and stainless steel alloy
ESD-safe
Ergonomic
Coating
Tweezers
Teflon® is a registered Trademark of E.I. Dupont de Nemours and Company
228
Special applications
Erem micro-tweezers are suitable for
use in biology (e.g. model 5MBS, 5FSA
or M5S).
These tweezers with very pointed tips en-
able confined spaces to be accessed and
offer excellent visibility when performing
precision work and when working under a
microscope.
High precision tweezers are particularly
suitable for analysis applications and the
handling of tissues, fine threads and other
very small objects.
Tweezers for biology and laboratory applications
The quality and performance of Erem
precision tweezers are the result of
more than 40 years of development and
know-how.
Erem is one of the leaders in the develop-
ment of high-precision tools for a wide
variety of applications in electronics, aero-
nautical engineering, light engineering,
telecommunications, laboratory technol-
ogy, medicine and the jewelry, watchmak-
ing and goldsmith industries.
229
Tweezers
Tweezers for use in the jewelry industry
These stainless steel tweezers with Teflon®
coated tips (e.g. type 2ASASLT) are
particularly suited for use in the jewelry
industry. They are robust and the Teflon®
coated tips are non stick.
Titanium tweezers type like 3CTA are also
ideal for this application. Their lightweight
maintains fingertip control over extended
working periods and their resistance to
high temperatures allows them to be used
where gas flames might be encountered.
Erem offers special gripping pliers for
appli-cations in light engineering. The
lockable gripping tweezers type 940AS
can withstand a tensile force of 5 kg and
can securely hold small wires.
The stainless steel construction allows the
tweezers to be sterilised in an autoclave.
Tweezers for use in light engineering and dental applications
230
Tweezers
Precision tweezers: Pointed tips straight
For applications in microelectronics, jewelry-
making, watchmaking, medicine and laboratory
technology
Suitable for delicate standard applications and
precision work on small components or wires
For all models with the suffix SA or SASL in
the order number: Special stainless steel, non-
magnetic, non-rusting, acid-proof, heat-resistant
For all models with the suffix S in the order
number: Stainless steel, robust tips, non-rusting,
non-reflecting surface
108 mm/4.252 Inch
Model Description
ACSA 16 g Precision tweezers with serrated finger grips for secure
0.56 oz. handling. For precise bending and holding of components
or wires.
20AS 12 g Precision tweezers with serrated finger grips and inside-
0.42 oz. serrated tips for secure handling. Guide pin to avoid
overlapping of tips. For precise bending and holding of
components or wires.
80 mm/3.150 Inch
Model Description
M5S 6 g Micro-tweezers, very pointed tips, e.g. for precision
0.21 oz. work under a microscope.
231
Precision tweezers: Pointed tips straight
Model Description
3CS 11 g Precision tweezers with long tips for precision work on
0.39 oz. printed-circuit boards.
3CSA 11 g Precision tweezers, standard model for delicate work.
0.39 oz.
3CSASL 11 g Same as 3CSA, but economy model.
0.39 oz.
3CTA 8 g Model same as 3CSA, but made from titanium:
0.28 oz. non-magnetic, very heat-resistant and very light.
53CSA 11 g Precision tweezers with anti-crush feature.
0.39 oz. Prevents damage to sensitive components.
Tweezers relieved at front for secure handling.
110 mm/4.331 Inch
Model Description
3SA 14 g Precision tweezers with pointed tips for work in
0.49 oz. microelectronics.
3SASL 14 g Same as 3SA, but economy model.
0.49 oz.
1SA 14 g Precision tweezers with pointed tips for standard
0.49 oz. applications..
1SASL 14 g Same as 1SA, but economy model.
0.49 oz.
00SA 20 g Precision tweezers with pointed tips. Very robust.
0.71 oz. Suitable for standard applications, e.g. for assembly
in electronics.
120 mm/4.724 Inch
Tweezers
232
Tweezers
Precision tweezers: Pointed tips straight
120 mm/4.724 Inch
Model Description
0 0 SA S L* 20 g Same as OOSA, but economy model.
0.71 oz.
00CSA 18 g Model same as 00SA, but with shorter tips.
0.64 oz.
00BSA 20 g Model same as 00SA, but with serrated finger grips for
0.71 oz. secure handling.
00DSA 20 g Model same as 00SA, but with serrated finger grips and
0.71 oz. inside-serrated tips for secure handling.
64SA 17 g Precision tweezers with pointed tips and serrated finger
0.60 oz. grips for secure handling.
11N 17 g Precision tweezers with medium-pointed tips for use on
0.60 oz. soft components. Nickel-silver, non-magnetic.
AAZ* 16 g Precision tweezers with medium-pointed tips,
0.56 oz. nickel-plated. Suitable for electronic assembly tasks.
125 mm/4.921 Inch
Model Description
AAS 16 g Precision tweezers with fine but robust tips.
0.56 oz.
AASA 16 g Precision tweezers with fine but robust tips
0.56 oz. for standard applications.
AASASL* 16 g Same as AASA, but economy model.
0.56 oz.
*Not available in North America
233
Tweezers
Precision tweezers: Pointed tips straight
125 mm/4.921 Inch
Model Description
AM 17 g Precision tweezers made from brass. The soft
0.60 oz. metal protects sensitive components against damage.
No sparks.
130 mm/5.118 Inch
Model Description
249SA 20 g Precision tweezers with pointed synthetic tips (PPS) and
0.71 oz. serrated finger grips for secure handling. Volume resistance
16 Ω/cm. Heat-resistant up to 250°C (480°F). Resistant
to acids and molten soldering tin. Water-repellent.
249CER* 24 g Same as 249SA, but with ceramic tips. Heat-resistant up
0.84 oz. to 900°C (1500°F).
140 mm/5.512 Inch
Model Description
RRS 30 g Precision tweezers with strong tips for
1.05 oz. heavy-duty applications.
SSSA 11 g Precision tweezers with long, narrow grips and low
0.39 oz. tension, responds to minimal pressure. The long grips
allow precision work close to heat sources.
150 mm/5.906 Inch
Model Description
29SA 26 g Reverse-action tweezers with wide, rounded tips. For hol-
0.92 oz. ding parts by reverse clamping action. Insulated handles,
e.g. for protecting against heat.
160 mm/6.299 Inch
Model Description
21SA 23 g Precision tweezers with medium-pointed tips and serrated
0.81 oz. finger grips and inside-serrated tips for secure handling.
Very robust. The long grips allow precision work close to
heat sources.
*Not available in North America
234
Tweezers
Precision tweezers: Pointed tips straight relieved
For precision work e.g. under a microscope
Relieved shape facilitates excellent access to
the most confined spaces
For all models with the suffix SA or SASL in
the order number: Special stainless steel, non-
magnetic, non-rusting, acid-proof, heat-resistant
For all models with the suffix S in the order
number: Stainless steel, robust tips, non-rusting,
non-reflecting surface
90 mm/3.543 Inch
Model Description
M4AS* 9 g Micro-tweezers, very pointed tips, e.g. for working
0.32 oz. under a microscope.
110 mm/4.331 Inch
Model Description
4SA 13 g Precision tweezers with very pointed tips.
0.46 oz.
4ASL 13 g Same as 4SA, but economy model.
0.46 oz.
*Not available in North America
235
Tweezers
Precision tweezers: Pointed tips straight relieved
115 mm/4.528 Inch
Model Description
5MBS* 12 g Precision tweezers with extremely pointed tips (~ 0.03 x
0.42 oz. 0.07 mm/.002 Inch) for use in dissection procedures and
working under a microscope. For use on soft materials only.
5FSA* 12 g Precision tweezers with extremely pointed tips (~ 0.05 x
0.42 oz. 0.1 mm/.003 Inch) for use in dissection procedures and
working under a microscope. For use on soft materials only.
5SA 12 g Precision tweezers with very pointed tips, suitable
0.42 oz. for very fine wires.
5SASL 12 g Same as 5SA, but economy model.
0.42 oz.
2SA 16 g Precision tweezers with medium-pointed tips.
0.56 oz.
2SASL 16 g Same as 2SA, but economy model.
0.56 oz.
120 mm/4.724 Inch
Model Description
258SA 15 g Precision tweezers with pointed synthetic tips (PPS) and
0.53 oz. serrated finger grips for secure handling. Volume resistance
16 Ω/cm. Heat-resistant up to 250°C (480°F). Resistant to
acids and molten soldering tin. Water-repellent.
*Not available in North America
236
Tweezers
Precision tweezers: Pointed tips bent
For applications in biology, medicine, laboratory
technology and microelectronics
Bent shape facilitates access to confined spaces
For all models with the suffix SA or SASL in the
order number: Special stainless steel, non-
magnetic, non-rusting, acid-proof, heat-resistant
For all models with the suffix S in the order
number: Stainless steel, robust tips, non-rusting,
non-reflecting surface
110 mm/4.331 Inch
Model Description
3CBS 15 g Precision tweezers, curved 40°, with pointed
0.53 oz. tips, for precision work such as assembly on
printed-circuit boards.
115 mm/4.528 Inch
Model Description
5CSA 12 g Precision tweezers, curved 30°, relieved. Pointed tips.
0.42 oz. Relieved shape at front of handle provides excellent
visibility of the area to be worked on.
5BSA 12 g Precision tweezers, curved 30°, relieved. Pointed tips.
0.42 oz. Relieved shape at front of handle provides excellent
visibility of the area to be worked on.
51SA 12 g Precision tweezers, curved 30°, relieved. Very pointed tips.
0.42 oz. Relieved shape at front of handle provides excellent
visibility of the area to be worked on.
237
Tweezers
Precision tweezers: Pointed tips bent
115 mm/4.528 Inch
Model Description
51SASL 12 g Same as 51SA, but economy model.
0.42 oz.
5ASA 12 g Precision tweezers, lightly curved 15°, relieved.
0.42 oz. Very pointed tips, e.g. for installing small components.
5ASASL 12 g Same as 5ASA, but economy model.
0.42 oz.
120 mm/4.724 Inch
Model Description
7SA 15 g Precision tweezers, curved, relieved, with pointed tips.
0.53 oz. Excellent handling in confined spaces.
7SASL 15 g Same as 7SA, but economy model.
0.53 oz.
140 mm/5.512 Inch
Model Description
65ASA 11 g Precision tweezers, curved 50°. Very pointed tips.
0.39 oz. For working with extra-small chips and other miniature
components.
150 mm/5.906 Inch
Model Description
24SA 22 g Precision tweezers, curved 40°, with robust pointed tips.
0.78 oz. Serrated finger grips and inside-serrated tips for secure
handling. Guide pin to avoid overlapping of tips. Ideally
suitable for soldering and assembly jobs.
30SA 26 g Reverse-action tweezers, curved 30°, with robust pointed
0.92 oz. tips. Fibreglass handles for protection against heat.
Reverse clamping action for comfortably holding parts.
Particularly suitable for soldering and assembly jobs.
238
Tweezers
Precision tweezers: Flat round tips straight
Suitable for all standard gripping applications
and assembly jobs on printed-circuit boards, e.g.
in the goldsmith and jewelry industries
For all models with the suffix SA or SASL in the
order number: Special stainless steel, non-
magnetic, non-rusting, acid-proof, heat-resistant
120 mm/4.724 Inch
Model Description
2ASA 15 g Precision tweezers with flat rounded tips for gripping
0.53 oz. small components. Tip width 2 mm/.078 Inch.
2ASASL 15 g Same as 2ASA, but economy model.
0.53 oz.
2ASASLT* 16 g Same as 2ASA, but with Teflon®-coated tips for
0.56 oz. non-stick holding of self-adhesive parts.
2ASARU 16 g Same as 2ASA, but with coated tips for non-stick
0.56 oz. holding of self-adhesive parts.
25SA 15 g Precision tweezers with flat, round tips slightly wider
0.53 oz. than the 2ASARU model. Serrated finger grips for secure
handling. For standard gripping jobs.
52ASA 15 g Precision tweezers with pointed, rounded and flexibly
0.53 oz. movable tips. Prevents damage to sensitive components.
*Not available in North America
239
Tweezers
Precision tweezers with ergonomic handles
This series offers models with thin shaped tips
to suit every application
Ergonomically shaped handles reduce hand fatigue
and facilitates comfortable working
Thermally insulated, soft foam handles, ESD-safe
For all models with the suffix SA in the order
number: Special stainless steel, non-magnetic,
non-rusting, acid-proof, heat-resistant
120 mm/4.724 Inch
Model Description
E5SA 25 g Ergonomic precision tweezers with straight, very
0.88 oz. pointed tips for gripping fine wires.
E3CSA 25 g Ergonomic precision tweezers with long, straight and pointed
0.88 oz. tips, e.g. for assembly jobs on printed-circuit boards.
E00SA 30 g Ergonomic precision tweezers with straight, strong tips for
1.05 oz. standard applications. Very robust.
E00DSA 30 g Model same as EOOSA, but with inside-serrated tips.
1.05 oz.
E7SA 28 g Ergonomic precision tweezers with curved strong tips,
0.99 oz. e.g. for working in confined spaces.
E2ASA 28 g Ergonomic precision tweezers with straight, flat
0.99 oz. and rounded tips for simple gripping jobs. Tip width
2 mm/.078 Inch.
E15AWG 30 g Cutting tweezers, carbon-steel tips.
1.05 oz.
240
Tweezers
SMD tweezers
High-quality precision tweezers for SMD jobs
with different designs (chip, MELFs, mini MELFs)
Blunted edges prevent damage to printed-circuit
boards
115 mm/4.528 Inch
Model Description
102ACA 15 g SMD tweezers, angled 45°, with pointed tips for vertical
0.53 oz. application.
102ACAX 14 g Model same as 102ACA, but reverse clamping
0.49 oz. action for easy holding.
103ACA 15 g SMD tweezers, angled 45°, with slightly wider
0.53 oz. tips for vertical application.
SMD tweezers – Angled tips
Suitable for perfect handling of chips and miniature
components
Suitable for assembling SMD printed-circuit boards
or ceramic substrates
Bent shape facilitates optimum access to confined
spaces and provides excellent visibility of the area
to be worked on
For all models with the suffix CA in the order
number: Special stainless steel, non-magnetic,
non-rusting, acid-proof, heat-resistant
241
Tweezers
SMD tweezers – Round tips straight
Suitable for gripping and holding round
components and wires
Blunted edges prevent damage to printed-circuit
boards
For all models with the suffix SA in the order
number: Special stainless steel, non-magnetic,
non-rusting, acid-proof, heat-resistant
110 mm/4.331 Inch
Model Description
39SA 15 g SMD tweezers with round tips, dia. 0.3 mm/.011 Inch.
0.53 oz. Serrated finger grips for secure handling. For gripping
small wires and cylindrical components.
40SA 15 g SMD tweezers with round tips, dia. 0.4 mm/.015 Inch.
0.53 oz. Serrated finger grips for secure handling. For gripping
small wires and cylindrical components.
120 mm/4.724 Inch
Model Description
150SAMF
13 g SMD tweezers with round, very narrow tips, dia. 1.2 – 2.5 mm/
0.46 oz. .047 – .098 Inch. Serrated finger grips for secure handling.
For gripping cylindrical components, mini MELFs, etc.
150SAD 13 g SMD tweezers with round tips, dia. 1.5 – 3 mm/
0.46 oz. .059 –.118 Inch.Serrated finger grips for secure handling.
For gripping cylindrical components, mini MELFs, etc.
150SA 13 g SMD tweezers with round tips, dia. 1.5 – 3 mm/
0.46 oz. .059 –.118 Inch. Serrated finger grips for secure handling.
For gripping cylindrical components.
151SA 13 g SMD tweezers with round tips, dia. 3 – 6 mm/
0.46 oz. .118 –.236 Inch. Serrated finger grips for secure handling.
For gripping cylindrical components.
242
Tweezers
Suitable for gripping fine wires and cylindrical
components
Blunted edges prevent damage to printed-circuit
boards
For all models with the suffix SA in the order
number: Special stainless steel, non-magnetic,
non-rusting, acid-proof, heat-resistant
115 mm/4.528 Inch
Model Description
32BSA 17 g SMD tweezers, angled 45°, with round tips,
0.60 oz. dia. 5 mm/.197 Inch.
32BSA20* 17 g SMD tweezers, angled 45°, with round tips,
0.60 oz. dia. 2 mm/.078
32BSA25 17 g MD tweezers, angled 45°, with round tips,
0.60 oz. dia. 2.5 mm/.098 Inch.
150SAMB 13 g MD tweezers, angled 40°, with round tips,
0.46 oz. dia. 1.2 – 2.5 mm/ .047 – .098 Inch.
Serrated finger grips for secure handling.
SMD tweezers – Round tips bent
*Not available in North America
243
Tweezers
Locking Gripping Tweezers
Gripping tweezers enable the user to hold and
manipulate particularly fine wires with a diameter
from 0.3 mm/.011 Inch or insulated optical fibres
with a diameter of between 1.5 mm/.059 Inch and
5 mm/.197 Inch
Suitable as a ligature clamp in dentistry
Can be disinfected and sterilized
120 mm/4.724 Inch
Model Description
940AS* 17 g Gripping tweezers with locking mechanism.
0.60 oz. The ring-shaped tip provides for secure handling
up to a tensile force of 5 kg.
*Not available in North America
244
Tweezers
Wafer tweezers
Suitable for 3“ to 6“ wafers
Serrated finger grips for secure handling
Wafer tweezers are available to order in various
sizes and coatings
For all models with the suffix SA in the order
number: Special stainless steel, non-magnetic,
non-rusting, acid-proof, heat-resistant
A = Paddle width
B = Paddle depth
125 mm/4.921 Inch Dimensions in mm/Inch
Model A B Description
91SA 15 g 12 7 Standard wafer tweezers for 3” and 4” wafers.
0.53 oz. .472 .276
130 mm/5.118 Inch Dimensions in mm/Inch
Model A B Description
600ASA 23 g 19,5 8 Wafer tweezers with flat lower paddle and
0.81 oz. .768 .315 6 upper fingers for protecting wafers against
damage. For 6” wafers.
608ASA 23 g 30 8,5 Model same as 600ASA,
0.81 oz. 1.181 .276 but 30 mm/1.181 Inch wide.
600JSA 24 g 20 8 Wafer tweezers with free-floating Teflon®
0.84 oz. .787 .315 upper paddle for secure, damage-free gripping.
For 4” – 6” wafers.
245
Tweezers
Wafer tweezers
150 mm/5.906 Inch Dimensions in mm/Inch
Model A B Description
141SAP 30 g 30 8 Wafer tweezers with polyester tips for
1.05 oz. 1.181 .315 protecting Si, GaAs or Ti wafers against
damage. For 4” – 6” wafers.
Cutting tweezers
Suitable for cutting fine, soft wires and small
components
Delivers high-precision cuts
Hardened cutting edges for long service life
For all models with the suffix S in the order
number: Stainless steel, robust tips, non-rusting,
non-reflecting surface
115 mm/4.528 Inch
Model Description
15AGS 21 g Cutting tweezers with narrow oblique head.
0.74 oz. For soft wires up to dia. 0.25 mm/.010 Inch.
15AGW 26 g SCutting tweezers with narrow oblique head.
0.92 oz. For soft wires up to dia. 0.25 mm/.010 Inch.
246
Stripping tweezers
Suitable for stripping fine wires with PVC
or Teflon® insulation
Non-reflecting surface
Please send a wire sample when ordering
Tweezers
120 mm/4.724 Inch
Model Description
29Y30* 22 g
Miniature stripping tweezers, dia. 0.25 mm/.010 Inch (AWG 30).
0.78 oz. Stainless steel. Serrated finger grips for secure handling.
29Y32* 22 g
Miniature stripping tweezers, dia. 0.2 mm/.007 Inch (AWG 32).
0.78 oz. Stainless steel. Serrated finger grips for secure handling.
29Y34* 22 g
Miniature stripping tweezers, dia. 0.16 mm/.006 Inch (AWG 34).
0.78 oz. Stainless steel. Serrated finger grips for secure handling.
29Y36* 22 g
Miniature stripping tweezers, dia. 0.13 mm/.005 Inch (AWG 36).
0.78 oz. Stainless steel. Serrated finger grips for secure handling.
29Y40* 22 g
Miniature stripping tweezers, dia. 0.08 mm/.003 Inch (AWG 40).
0.78 oz. Stainless steel. Serrated finger grips for secure handling.
120 mm/4.724 Inch
Model Description
29W30 28 g Stripping tweezers with synthetic fibre handle. For wires
0.99 oz. of dia. 0.25 – 0.3 mm/.010 – .011 Inch (AWG 30 – 28).
For standard and Teflon® insulation.
XB29W301 Spare blade for 29W30
*Not available in North America
247
Suitable for extracting contacts from the rear
of a plug connector
Tweezers
Extraction tweezers
A = Outside diameter of pin
B = Inside diameter of pin
120 mm/4.724 Inch Dimensions in mm/Inch
Model Ø A Ø B Description
024C 15 g 12 7 Extraction tweezers for Sub-D connectors.
0.53 oz. .472 .276 Stainless steel.
248
Side Cutters and Tip Cutters
Erem offers a wide range of precision side and
tip cutters for almost every application
Special tool steel is hardened with an unique Swiss technology
This particular hardening process guarantees high durability
249
Side Cutters and Tip Cutters
250
Side Cutters and Tip Cutters
Internal patented Erem
Magic Spring
Reduce costs by long life
Constant spring force
Guarantees more than 1 million operations
High precision
screw joint
Smooth jaw action with no play
Smooth cutting operation with no jaw
overlapping
Erem Cut: Options for
semi flush, full flush or
super flush cuts
ESD-safe
The interchangeable foam-cushion handles
are ESD-safe and are fitted as standard on all
Erem cutters and pliers.
EMI/RF Erem cutters and pliers
Sources:DOD/CECC
10∞ 1001051012 1020 Ω/cm2
antistaticconductive insulatingstatic dissipating
251
Side Cutters and Tip Cutters
Safety device for holding wire scraps
This safety device for side cutters holds
wire scraps securely after cutting.
Available on most Series 500, 600 and
2400 cutters (oval head). Order suffix
„W“, e.g. 595EW.
Ergonomically shaped handles
for high comfort,
better grip and added safety
EMOS maximum opening stop
limits the cutting-edge tips from opening
more than 5 mm/.197 Inch. The limited extent
to which the handles can open prevent user
hand fatigue.
Induction-hardened cutting edges
in Rockwell hardness 63 – 65 HR
for exceptionally long life
Erem cutting-edge protection
for tip cutters
All tip cutters are fitted with a special stop
system which prevents the cutting edges
from overlapping.
252
Erem impresses
Erem Technology Handle
Special tool steel
Erem electronics tools are made from
bright steel. They are not drop forged.
The special tool steel is made using
an unique Swiss processing technique.
The bright tool steel gives additional
strength and toughness to the tools
pro-moting a long service life.
The internal patented Erem
Magic Spring
The Magic Spring system used in Erem
precision tools is unique. It is integral to
the cutting head and provides a constant
closing and re-opening force. It is guaran-
teed for 1 million operations.
The Magic Spring system is highly reliable,
makes the tools easy to use and reduces
operator fatigue.
Erem cutters and pliers with
ergonomic handles
Work Related Upper Limb Disorder
(WRULD) can be caused by positional
fatigue or nerve damage brought about
by the repeated use of non-ergonomic
hand tools, otherwise known as Repeti-
tive Strain Injuries (RSI).
WRULDS is a direct consequence of
insufficient ergonomics in manufactur-
ing processes and working practices. To
reduce the factors which cause WRULDS,
Erem has developed a range of tools with
ergonomic handles (Series 2400 Magic-
Sense).
The handle shape and special materials
ensure a soft feel, operating comfort
and safety. The specially shaped handles
ensure that the gripping pressure is evenly
spread over the entire palm of the hand.
The thumb and fingers automatically find
their best position. The effort that has to
be exerted by the user is reduced, thereby
reducing hand fatigue.
The anti-slip surface provides excellent
grip. The material is highly resistant to
perspiration, water, oil and chemicals.
The handles are ESD-safe and are easily
interchangeable.
High precision screw joint
This self locking screw joint system gives
a smooth cutting and opening action
and ensures that there is no blade overlap
or play.
Precision cutting and reduced shock
to components.
EMOS maximum opening stop
The unique EMOS (Erem Maximum Open-
ing Stop) system prevents the tips from
opening more than 5 mm/.197 Inch. It
reduces user fatigue by preventing exces-
sive hand spread.
Comfortable and fatigue free working.
253
Erem Cut Erem Service
Cut shape
There are three blade options, which
determine the shape left on a lead after
cutting. (see also P. 35)
1. Semi-flush
2. Flush
3. Super full flush
Cutting edge
Erem cutters are noted for their ease of
use, one of the reasons for this is the
ability of the blade to cut equally well over
its full length. This promotes operator
comfort and reduces fatigue.
Semi-flush cutters offer the best perfor-
mance and the longest service life. Super
full flush cutters leave a flat wire end with
minimal effort and prevent components
from being subjected to load.
High level of user comfort thanks to
special cutting edge.
Re-sharpening
Erem is your service partner. All Erem side
and tip cutters except those with carbide
insert blades can be re-sharpened up-to
three times.Carriage charges will apply.
The re-sharpened tool is as good as new,
its life is extended and costs are reduced.
Replacement parts
Erem cutters and pliers and their com-
ponent parts are warranted against manu-
facturing defects. Magic springs, precision
joint components are available as spare
parts.
The warranty and availability of spares
guarantee long service life.
ESD-safe
The ergonomic, interchangeable molded
handles are ESD-safe and are fitted as
standard on all Erem cutters and pliers.
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Rockwell hardness
The cutting blades of Erem cutters are
hardened to Rockwell 63-65 HRc by an
induction heating process. Continuous
process control ensures that the blades
achieve the correct level of hardening and
are not embrittled.
This level of hardening plus the high-
grade tool steel used in the manufacture
of the tools and continuous process
control promote an exceptionally long
service life.
Standard cut
„Super full flush“
Erem cut Super
full flush: perfect
flush cut
Side Cutters and Tip Cutters
254
Choosing the right tool
Selection criteria
Size
Erem offers a wide selection of preci-
sion side and tip cutters for virtually any
application.
Erem offers the right head size to suit
every application. There are three main
sizes: Micro, Medium and Maxi.
Each head size is available in different
head shapes.
When choosing the right cutter,
it is important to take
S i z e
C u t
Head shape
Cutting capacity
into consideration.
Head width
Head thickness
Micro Medium Maxi
Series 600 Series 2400 MagicSense Series 500 Series 800
Size
Head width 9.0 mm/.354 Inch Head width 11.0 mm/.433 Inch Head width 11.0 mm/.433 Inch Head width 13.5 mm/.531 Inch
Head thickness 6.0 mm/.236 Inch Head thickness 6.0 mm/.236 Inch Head thickness 6.5 mm/.256 Inch Head thickness 7.5 mm/.295 Inch
Miniature cutter for appli-
cations in microelectronics
and for fine wires. Offers a
large variety of head shapes
for very good access even
to hard-to-reach areas.
The strongest and most
robust head size for general
cutting applications in
electronics, cuts large wire
diameters.
Medium-size cutter. Combines robustness, visibility and
accessibility. Large variety of head shapes for precision work-
ing in hard-to-reach areas. The Series 2400 MagicSense offers
an optimised ergonomic shape and an improved grade of
hardness.
Classification of cutter heads
255
Cut
There are three blade options, which
determine the shape left on a lead after
cutting.
Standard cut
„Super full flush“
Erem cut Super
full flush: perfect
flush cutSemi-flush
This cut leaves a pyramidal tip at the end of the
wire. It is particularly suitable for standard jobs
where the final shape does not play a significant
role. Cutters with this cut are suitable for both
soft copper wires and very hard wires such as
stainless steel.
Flush
This cut leaves a much smaller tip at the end
of the wire than the semi-flush cut – without
reducing the cutting capacity. The cutting edges
are finer than on semi-flush cutters. The effort
exerted when cutting is less and the load on the
component is reduced. Flush wire ends reduce
the effort needed to fit components on printed-
circuit boards. Erem guarantees precise cutting
even after frequent use.
Super full flush
Only Erem offers you a super full flush cut.
This cut provides absolutely flush wire ends.
No rework is needed. Cutters with this cut
are absolutely precision-ground and sharpened.
The effort exerted when cutting is low, as is
the load on the component caused by the cut.
Soldering tags in soldering-bath procedures
are prevented. Cutters of this type are used in
microelectronics, space travel or medical tech-
nology. These cutters are suitable for soft wires.
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Side Cutters and Tip Cutters
256
Choosing the right tool
Head shape
Erem offers the right head shape to suit
your application. The head shapes differ in
terms of shape and design. There are six
basic shapes:
Shape Tip cutter Tip cutter Tip cutter
Straight relieved head Pointed relieved head Angled narrow head
This head is suitable for
horizontal and vertical
cuts. The long tips facilitate
cutting in hard-to-reach
areas.
Visibility and accessibility
Cutting at the outermost tip of
the cutter
This is the narrowest head
shape. The underside is
relieved and facilitates
optimum access even to
extremely hard-to-reach
areas.
The angled head provides
for precise cuts at different
working angles.
Series 600 Micro 670E*, 670EP*, 670EPF* 622NB, 632NCF, 676E, 776E
(P. 265) (P. 264)
Series 2400 MagicSense 2470E 2475E, 2482E
(P. 269) (P. 269)
Series 500 Medium 570E, 573E** 592E, 792E 555E, 572E, 582E (P. 53)
(P. 275) (P. 274) 575E, 593AE (P. 273)
Series 800 Maxi 884E
(P. 278)
Erem cutting-edge protection for tip cutters
Erem tip cutters are equipped with cutting-edge
protection.A special stop system prevents the cutting
edges from overlapping.
* Very short head
** Straight head for vertical working
257
Tip cutter Side cutter Side cutter
Angled wide head Tapered head Oval head
High cutting capacity
Cutting over the full length
of the cutter
The angled head provides
for precise cuts at different
working angles.
The jaws of the cutter have
straight edges and taper
to a point. This head shape
allows access to difficult
to reach areas but reduces
the cutting capacity in
comparison to the same
size oval head cutter.
This is the most widely used
head shape, it is robust
and size for size offers the
highest cutting capacity.
622NA 612N, 622N, 632N
(P. 264) (P. 263)
2403E, 2404E 2477E 2412E, 2422E, 2432E
(P. 48) (P. 268) (P. 267)
503E, 504E 577E, 595E 512E, 512N, 522N,
(P. 52) (P. 272) 532N, 599E (P. 271)
886E 812N, 822N, 896E
(P. 278) (P. 277)
Erem offers carbide cutters (see P. 39) for cutting high-hardness
wire (piano wire).
Side Cutters and Tip Cutters
258
Choosing the right tool
Wire quality
Piano wire, stainless spring steel wire, material 1.4310, tensile strength 2000–2400 MPa
Hard wire, stainless steel wire, material 1.4301, tensile strength 1800 MPa
Medium-hard wire, stainless steel wire, material 1.4301, tensile strength 800 MPa
Soft wire, copper, aluminium, tensile strength 250 MPa
612N
622N
632N
622NA
622NB
676E
776E
632NCF
670E
670EP
670EPF
2412E
2422E
2432E
2477E
2403E
2404E
2482E
2475E
2470E
Series 600 Micro
Series 2400 MagicSense mm 0,03 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 0,9 1,0 1,1 1,2 1,3 1,4 1,5 1,6 1,7 1,8 1,9 2,0
Inch .0001 .003 .007 .011 .015 .019 .023 .027 .031 .035 .039 .043 .047 .051 .055 .059 .062 .066 .070 .074 .078
mm 0,03 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 0,9 1,0 1,1 1,2 1,3 1,4 1,5 1,6 1,7 1,8 1,9 2,0
Inch .0001 .003 .007 .011 .015 .019 .023 .027 .031 .035 .039 .043 .047 .051 .055 .059 .062 .066 .070 .074 .078
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Only for soft materials: silicone, rubber, etc.
Only for micro pitches under 0.5 mm / .019 Inch
For micro-package contacts
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Semi-flush
Flush
Super full flush
Flush
Flush
Flush
Super full flush
Super full flush
Flush
Flush
Flush
Semi-flush
Flush
Super full flush
Flush
Flush
Flush
Flush
Flush
Flush
30°
30°
45°
45°
Model Cut Cutting capability
259
512N
512E
522N
599E
532N
595E
577E
503E
504AE
555E
572E
582E
582EW
593AE
575E
592E
792E
570E
573E
812N
896E
822N
886E
884E
622TX
599T
599TF
595T
595TF
2476TX1
576TX1
2476 TX
576TX
503ET
503ETF
mm 0,03 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 0,9 1,0 1,1 1,2 1,3 1,4 1,5 1,6 1,7 1,8 1,9 2,0
Inch .0001 .003 .007 .011 .015 .019 .023 .027 .031 .035 .039 .043 .047 .051 .055 .059 .062 .066 .070 .074 .078
mm 0,03 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 0,9 1,0 1,1 1,2 1,3 1,4 1,5 1,6 1,7 1,8 1,9 2,0
Inch .0001 .003 .007 .011 .015 .019 .023 .027 .031 .035 .039 .043 .047 .051 .055 .059 .062 .066 .070 .074 .078
Series 800 Maxi
mm 0,03 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 0,9 1,0 1,1 1,2 1,3 1,4 1,5 1,6 1,7 1,8 1,9 2,0
Inch .0001 .003 .007 .011 .015 .019 .023 .027 .031 .035 .039 .043 .047 .051 .055 .059 .062 .066 .070 .074 .078
Tungsten-carbide cutters
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
35°
40°
45°
30°
45°
30°
30°
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Semi-flush
Semi-flush
Flush
Flush
Super full flush
Flush
Flush
Flush
Flush
Flush
Flush
Flush
Flush
Flush
Flush
Flush
Super full flush
Flush
Flush
Semi-flush
Semi-flush
Flush
Flush
Flush
Flush
Semi-flush
Flush
Semi-flush
Flush
Flush
Flush
Flush
Flush
Semi-flush
Semi-flush
Series 500 Medium
For vertical cutting
Model Cut Cutting capability
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Side Cutters and Tip Cutters
260
The 632NCF miniature side cutter is ideally
suitable for soft material such as silicone
tubes in medical device applications,
precision connector seals or miniature
rubber seals.
The miniature cutter is also the ideal tool
for cutting soft synthetic parts, e.g. in the
manufacture of hearing aids.
The cutting edges of the 632NCF side cut-
ter are precision-ground to an extremely
high level. This enables the cutter to
deliver a razor-like full-flush cut.
A simple method to remove SMD ICs is to
cut each of the individual leads to remove
the device and then reflow the joint with
a soldering iron and remove the compo-
nent lead from the board.
The solder left on the board can then be
removed with a desoldering tool or desol-
der braid and a new component fitted.
The 670EP and 670EPF have fine pointed
tapered and relieved heads that are able
to fit between individual leads and cut
them without causing damage to the
printed circuit.
Special applications
Side cutters for use in medical device manufacturing
Tip cutters to remove fine pitch SMD ICs
261
A stent is a vascular-wall prop. It is a
lattice-shaped tube made of stainless steel
or nickel-titanium. It serves to hold open
constricted coronary blood vessels and
improves the flow of blood through the
vessels.
It is important in stent manufacture that
the cut end of any wire in the lattice is as
flat as possible, otherwise it will be neces-
sary rework the stents.
These side cutters have fine polished car-
bide cutting blades to accurately cut the
lattice and reduce the need for rework.
VectranTM is a Trademark of Kurary Co., Ltd.
Kevlar® is a registered Trademark of E.I. Dupont de Nemours and Company
The 599TFO has wear resistant tungsten
carbide cutting edges and all round
capability. It is able to cut VectranTM
braided wires, fibre optics, Kevlar® and
small stainless steel braids and wires.
A further application lies in telecommuni-
cations, i.e. working on fibre-optic cables,
Kevlar® silks and piano wires.
Tungsten-carbide cutter for the preparation of cardio-vascular stents
High precision side cutter for cutting stainless wires
Side Cutters and Tip Cutters
262
Side Cutters and Tip Cutters
Series 600 Micro
Miniature cutters
Offers a wide variety of head shapes
for access in difficult to reach areas
Suitable for SMD and leads
(670EP, 670EPF)
Made from high grade tool steel with
cutting edges hardened to 63-65HRc
Non reflecting surface, ESD safe,
resharpenable
263
Series 600 Micro
A = length of cutting edges
B = head width
C = head thickness
D = head length
D
Tip cutter Tip cutter Side cutter Side cutter
Straight short Pointed Tapered head Oval head
relieved head relieved head
Robustness, high cutting capacityVisibility and accessibility
Side cutter – oval head
110 mm/4.331 Inch
48 g/1.69 oz.
This is the most widely used head shape.
Fits for all cutting applications where easy access
is given
It is robust and size for size offers the highest
cutting capacity.
Model Cut Dimensions in mm/Inch Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter
A B C D Hard wire Medium hardness Copper wire
612N 9 9 6 15 0.5 0.8 1.3
Semi-flush .354 .354 .236 .590 .019 .031 .051
622N 9 9 6 15 – 0.8 1.3
.354 .354 .236 .590 .031 .051
Flush
632N 9 9 6 15 – 0.7 1.3
.354 .354 .236 .590 .027 .051
Super full flush
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Wire quality, see P. 38
Side Cutters and Tip Cutters
264
Side Cutters and Tip Cutters
Series 600 Micro
Side cutter – tapered head
Tip cutter – pointed relieved head
110 mm/4.331 Inch
48 g/1.69 oz
110 mm/4.331 Inch
48 g/1.69 oz.
The jaws of the cutter have straight edges and taper
to a point.
This head shape allows access to difficult to reach
areas but reduces the cutting capacity in comparison
to the same size oval head cutter.
This is the narrowest head shape.
The underside is relieved and facilitates optimum
access even to extremely hard-to-reach areas.
Model Cut Dimensions in mm/Inch Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter
A B C D Medium hardness Copper wire
622NA 9 9 6 15 0.7 1.0
.354 .354 .236 .590 .027 .039
Flush
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Model Cut Dimensions in mm/Inch Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter
A B C D Medium hardness Copper wire
622NB 9 9 6 15 0.6 0.8
Flush .354 .354 .236 .590 .023 .031
676E 9 9 6 15 Model same as 622NB,
.354 .354 .236 .590 but with short, robust head
Flush
776E 9 9 6 15 0.6 0.8
.354 .354 .236 .590 .023 .031
Super full flush
632NCF 9 9 6 15 For soft material such as small silicone tubes,
.354 .354 .236 .590 miniature rubber seals or for cutting soft
Super full flush synthetic parts
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
265
Series 600 Micro
Tip cutter – straight short relieved head
110 mm/4.331 Inch
48 g/1.69 oz.
Suitable for cutting SMD and
micro-package contacts.
Model Cut Dimensions in mm/Inch Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter
A B C D Medium hardness Copper wire
670E 9 9 6 18 0.5 0.8
Flush .354 .354 .236 .709 .019 .031
670EP 9 9 6 18 0.4 0.6
.354 .354 .236 .709 .015 .023
Flush High-precision working on SMD and micro-package
contacts up to 0.25 mm/.010 Inch
670EPF* 9 9 6 18 Model same as 670EP, but smaller version only for
.354 .354 .236 .709 micro pitches under 0.5 mm/.019 Inch (see also P. 40)
Flush
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Side Cutters and Tip Cutters
*Not available in North America
266
Side Cutters and Tip Cutters
Series 2400 MagicSense
Medium-size cutter
Combines robustness, visibility and
accessibility.
Large variety of head shapes for preci-
sion working in hard-to-reach areas.
The optimised ergonomic shape of the
Series 2400 MagicSense prevents hand
fatigue
Improved induction-hardened
cutting edges up to 64 – 65 HRc
for an extremely long service life
Cutting edges made from special
tool steel
Non-reflecting surface, ESD-safe
nd resharpenable
267
Series 2400 MagicSense
A = length of cutting edges
B = head width
C = head thickness
D = head length
D
Tip cutter Tip cutter Tip cutter Side cutter Side cutter
Straight long Angled Angled Tapered head Oval head
relieved head narrow head wide head
Robustness, high cutting capacityVisibility and accessibility
Side cutter – oval head
130 mm/5.118 Inch
70 g/2.47 oz.
This is the most widely used head shape.
Fits for all cutting applications where easy access
is given
It is robust and size for size offers the highest
cutting capacity.
Model Cut Dimensions in mm/Inch Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter
A B C D Hard wire Medium hardness Copper wire
2412E 2412E 12 11 6 19 0.5 1.0 1.6
Semi-flush .472 .433 .236 .748 .019 .039 .062
2422E 12 11 6 19 – 1.0 1.6
.472 .433 .236 .748 .039 .062
Flush
2432E 12 11 6 19 – 0.8 1.6
472 .433 .236 .748 .039 .062
Super full flush.
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Wire quality, see P. 38
Optional: Safety device for wire scraps. Order suffix „W“, e.g. 2412W.
Side Cutters and Tip Cutters
268
Side Cutters and Tip Cutters
Series 2400 MagicSense
Side cutter – tapered head
127 mm/5.999 Inch
70 g/2.47 oz.
The jaws of the cutter have straight edges and taper
to a point.
This head shape allows access to difficult to reach
areas but reduces the cutting capacity in comparison
to the same size oval head cutter.
Model Cut Dimensions in mm/Inch Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter
A B C D Medium hardness Copper wire
2477E 12 11 6 19 1.0 1.3
Flush .472 .472 .433 .236 .039 .051
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Tip cutter – angled wide head
127 mm/5.118 Inch
70 g/2.47 oz.
30°
The angled head provides for precise cuts at different
working angles.
Model Cut Dimensions in mm/Inch Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter
A B C D Medium hardness Copper wire
2403E 9 11 6 19 1.0 1.6
Flush .354 .433 .236 .748 .039 .062
Wide, robust head, fine cut
2404E 9 11 6 20 0.8 1.3
Flush .354 .433 .236 .787 .031 .051
Model same as 2403E, but with
pointed rounded head
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
269
Series 2400 MagicSense
Tip cutter – angled narrow head
135 mm/5.315 Inch
72 g/2.54 oz.
45°
The angled head provides for precise cuts at
different working angles.
Model Cut Dimensions in mm/Inch Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter
A B C D Medium hardness Copper wire
2482E 6 11 6 26 0.6 1.2
Flush .236 .433 .236 1.024 .023 .047
Suitable for working on printed-circuit boards, component
connections, can be used in both 90° and 180° applications
2475E 4 11 6 22 0.4 0.6
.157 .433 .236 .866 .015 .023
Flush
Suitable for fine cutting work on hybrid circuits
of miniature components
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Tip cutter – straight long relieved head
140 mm/5.512 Inch
72 g/2.54 oz.
This head is suitable for horizontal and vertical cuts.
The long tips facilitate cutting in hard-to-reach areas.
Model Cut Dimensions in mm/Inch Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter
A B C D Medium hardness Copper wire
2470E 4 11 6 29 0.4 0.6
Flush .157 .433 .236 1.142 .015 .023
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Safety device for wire scraps only possible on 2412EW,
2422EW, 2432EW, 2477EW, 2482EW models.
Side Cutters and Tip Cutters
270
Side Cutters and Tip Cutters
Series 500 Medium
Medium size, robust, precision cutters
Wide range of head shapes
Manufactured from high grade
tool steel
Cutting edges hardened to
Rockwell 63-65 HRc
Non reflecting surface, ESD safe
and resharpenable
271
Series 500 Medium
A = length of cutting edges
B = head width
C = head thickness
D = head length
Tip cutter Tip cutter Tip cutter Tip cutter Side cutter Side cutter
Straight long Pointed Angled Angled Tapered head Oval head
relieved head
relieved head narrow head wide head
Robustness, high cutting capacityVisibility and accessibility
Wire quality, see P. 38 Optional: Safety device for wire scraps. Order suffix „W“, e.g. 512NW.
D
Side cutter – oval head
115 mm/4.527 Inch
67 g/2.36 oz.
This is the most widely used head shape.
Fits for all cutting applications where easy access
is given
It is robust and size for size offers the highest
cutting capacity.
Model Cut Dimensions in mm/Inch Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter
A B C D Hard wire Medium hardness Copper wire
512N 12 11 6.5 19 0.5 1.0 1.6
Semi-flush .472 .433 .256 .748 .019 .039 .062
512E 12 11 6.5 19 Model same as 512N, but with burnished head
.472 .433 .256 .748
Semi-flush
522N 12 11 6.5 19 – 1.0 1.6
.472 .433 .256 .748 .039 .062
Flush
599E 10 11 6.5 17 – 1.0 1.6
.472 .433 .256 .669 .039 .062
Flush Short, robust head
532N 12 11 6.5 19 – 0.8 1.6
.472 .433 .256 .748 .039 .062
Super full flush
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Side Cutters and Tip Cutters
272
Side Cutters and Tip Cutters
Series 500 Medium
Side cutter – tapered head
115 mm/4.527 Inch
67 g/2.36 oz.
The jaws of the cutter have straight edges and taper
to a point.
This head shape allows access to difficult to reach
areas but reduces the cutting capacity in comparison
to the same size oval head cutter.
Model Cut Dimensions in mm/Inch Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter
A B C D Medium hardness Copper wire
595E 12 11 6.5 19 1.0 1.3
Flush .472 .433 .256 .748 .039 .051
Tapered head
577E 10 11 6.5 17 1.0 1.3
.472 .433 .256 .669 .039 .051
Flush Tapered, short head
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Tip cutter – angled wide head
110 mm/4.331 Inch
67 g/2.36 oz.
30°
The angled head provides for precise cuts at
different working angles.
Model Cut Dimensions in mm/Inch Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter
A B C D Medium hardness Copper wire
503E 9 11 6.5 19 1.0 1.6
Flush .354 .433 .256 .748 .039 .062
Wide, robust head
504AE 9 11 6.5 19 0.8 1.3
.354 .433 .256 .748 .031 .051
Flush Model same as 503E, but with pointed rounded head
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
273
Series 500 Medium
Tip cutter – angled narrow head
120 mm/4.724 Inch
68 g/2.40 oz.
35°
The angled head provides for precise cuts at different
working angles.
Narrow, robust head, suitable for working with high
cutting force in confined areas.
Model Cut Dimensions in mm/Inch Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter
A B C D Medium hardness Copper wire
555E 6 11 6.5 24 0.6 1.3
Flush .236 .433 .256 .945 .023 .051
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
115 mm/4.527 Inch
68 g/2.40 oz.
40°
Relieved cutting edge for easy access.
Model Cut Dimensions in mm/Inch Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter
A B C D Medium hardness Copper wire
572E 6 11 6.5 21 0.6 1.3
Flush .236 .433 .256 .827 .023 .051
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
115 mm/4.527 Inch
68 g/2.40 oz.
40°
Suitable for working on printed-circuit boards,
component connections, can be used in both
90° and 180° applications.
Model Cut Dimensions in mm/Inch Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter
A B C D Medium hardness Copper wire
582E 6 11 6.5 26 0.6 1.3
Flush .236 .433 .256 1.024 .023 .051
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
115 mm/4.527 Inch
67 g/2.36 oz.
45°
Model same as 582E, but with safety device
for wire scraps.
Model Cut Dimensions in mm/Inch Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter
A B C D Medium hardness Copper wire
582EW 6 11 6.5 26 0.6 1.3
Flush .236 .433 .256 1.024 .023 .051
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Side Cutters and Tip Cutters
274
Side Cutters and Tip Cutters
Series 500 Medium
Tip cutter – angled narrow head
115 mm/4.527 Inch
68 g/2.40 oz.
30°
110 mm/4.331 Inch
67 g/2.36 oz.
45°
Ideal rework tool, suitable for cutting DIL contacts
at front and rear and densely printed circuit boards.
Suitable for fine cutting work on hybrid circuits
or miniature components.
Model Cut Dimensions in mm/Inch Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter
A B C D Medium hardness Copper wire
593AE 4 11 6.5 26 0.4 1.0
Flush .157 .433 .256 1.024 .015 .039
Model Cut Dimensions in mm/Inch Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter
A B C D Medium hardness Copper wire
575E 4 11 6.5 22 0.2 0.6
Flush .157 .433 .256 .866 .007 .023
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Tip cutter – pointed relieved head
115 mm/4.527 Inch
67 g/2.36 oz.
This is the narrowest head shape.
The underside is relieved and facilitates optimum
access even to extremely hard-to-reach areas.
Model Cut Dimensions in mm/Inch Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter
A B C D Medium hardness Copper wire
592E 12 11 6.5 19 0.4 0.8
Flush .472 .433 .256 .748 .015 .031
792E 12 11 6.5 19 0.4 0.6
.472 .433 .256 .748 .015 .023
Super full flush
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
275
Series 500 Medium
Tip cutter – straight long relieved head
120 mm/4.724 Inch
67 g/2.36 oz.
This head is suitable for horizontal and vertical cuts.
The long tips facilitate cutting in hard-to-reach areas.
Model Cut Dimensions in mm/Inch Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter
A B C D Medium hardness Copper wire
570E 4 11 6.5 29 0.6 1.2
Flush .157 .433 .256 1.142 .023 .047
For cutting at extreme tips
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Tip cutter – straight head for vertical use
120 mm/4.724 Inch
67 g/2.36 oz.
Model Cut Dimensions in mm/Inch Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter
A B C D Medium hardness Copper wire
573E 4 11 6.5 29 0.4 0.6
Flush .157 .433 .256 1.142 .015 .023
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Side Cutters and Tip Cutters
276
Side Cutters and Tip Cutters
Series 800 Maxi
Maxi-sized cutter for general cutting
applications in electronics
Made from high grade tool steel,
cutting edges hardened to Rockwell
63-65 HRc
Cuts large wire diameters
Non-reflecting surface, ESD-safe and
resharpenable
277
Series 800 Maxi
A = length of cutting edges
B = head width
C = head thickness
D = head length
D
Tip cutter Side cutter Side cutter
Pointed Tapered head Oval head
relieved head
Robustness, high cutting capacityVisibility and accessibility
Wire quality, see P. 38
Side cutter – oval head
120 mm/4.724 Inch
67 g /2.36 oz.
This is the most widely used head shape.
Fits for all cutting applications where easy access
is given
It is robust and size for size offers the highest
cutting capacity.
Model Cut Dimensions in mm/Inch Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter
A B C D Hard wire Medium hardness Copper wire
812N 15 13.5 7.5 21 0.6 1.2 1.8
Semi-flush .590 .531 .295 .827 .023 .047 .070
896E 15 13,5 7,5 21 ø 0,6 ø 1,2 ø 1,8
.590 .531 .295 .827 .023 .047 .070
Semi-flush Suitable for cutting hard wires, Kovar, connector pins
822N 15 13.5 7.5 21 – 1.2 1.8
.590 .531 .295 .827 .047 .070
Flush
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Side Cutters and Tip Cutters
278
Series 800 Maxi
Side cutter – tapered head
120 mm/4.724 Inch
83 g/2.93 oz.
The jaws of the cutter have straight edges and taper
to a point.
This head shape allows access to difficult to reach
areas but reduces the cutting capacity in comparison
to the same size oval head cutter.
Model Cut Dimensions in mm/Inch Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter
A B C D Medium hardness Copper wire
886E 15 13.5 7.5 21 1.0 1.8
Flush .590 .531 .295 .827 .039 .070
Model Cut Dimensions in mm/Inch Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter
A B C D Medium hardness Copper wire
884E 15 13.5 7.5 21 0.8 1.6
Flush .590 .531 .295 .827 .031 .062
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Tip cutter – pointed relieved head
120 mm/4.724 Inch
81 g/2.86 oz.
This is the narrowest head shape.
The underside is relieved and facilitates optimum
access even to extremely hard-to-reach areas.
Side Cutters and Tip Cutters
279
Series 800 Maxi
Side Cutters and Tip Cutters
280
Side Cutters and Tip Cutters
Tungsten-carbide cutters
Medium sized precision cutters
Wear resistant tungsten carbide
edged cutting blades
Manufactured from high grade
tool steel
Suitable for cutting hard and
tough wires e.g. piano wire, nickel
and diode leads
Non reflecting surface, ESD safe and
resharpenable
281
Tungsten-carbide cutters
A = length of cutting edges
B = head width
C = head thickness
D = head length
Tip cutter Tip cutter Side cutter Side cutter
Pointed Angled Tapered head Oval head
relieved head wide head
Robustness, high cutting capacityVisibility and accessibility
Side cutter – oval head
115 mm/4.527 Inch
67 g/2.36 oz.
This is the most widely used head shape.
Fits for all cutting applications where easy
access is given
It is robust and size for size offers the highest
cutting capacity.
Model Cut
Dimensions in mm/Inch
Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter
A B C D Piano wire Hard wire Medium hardness Copper wire
622TX 8 9 6 15 0.2 0.4 0.6 1.2
Flush .315 .354 .236 .590 .007 .015 .023 .047
Miniature cutter
599T 12 11 6.5 19 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.5
.472 .433 .256 .748 .023 .031 .039 .059
Semi-flush
599TF 12 11 6.5 19 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.5
.472 .433 .256 .748 .023 .031 .039 .059
Flush
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Wire quality, see P. 38
D
Side Cutters and Tip Cutters
282
Side Cutters and Tip Cutters
Tungsten-carbide cutters
Side cutter – tapered head
115 mm/4.527 Inch
67 g/2.36 oz.
The jaws of the cutter have straight edges and taper
to a point.
This head shape allows access to difficult to reach
areas but reduces the cutting capacity in comparison
to the same size oval head cutter.
Model Cut
Dimensions in mm/Inch
Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter
A B C D Piano wire Hard wire Medium hardness Copper wire
595T 12 11 6.5 19 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.5
Semi-flush .472 .433 .256 .748 .015 .023 .031 .059
595TF 12 11 6.5 19 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.5
.472 .433 .256 .748 .015 .023 .031 .059
Flush
2476TX1 11 11 6 19 0.3 0.4 0.5 1.0
.433 .433 .236 .748 .011 .015 .019 .039
Flush Series 2400 MagicSense model (Length: 130 mm / 5.118 Inch)
576TX1 11 11 6.5 19 0.3 0.4 0.5 1.0
.433 .433 .256 .748 .011 .015 .019 .039
Flush
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
283
Tungsten-carbide cutters
Tip cutter – pointed relieved head
115 mm/4.527 Inch
67 g/2.36 oz.
This is the narrowest head shape.
The underside is relieved and facilitates optimum
access even to extremely hard-to-reach areas.
Model Cut
Dimensions in mm/Inch
Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter
A B C D Piano wire Hard wire Medium hardness Copper wire
2476TX 11 11 6 19 0.1 0.2 0.3 1.0
.433 .433 .236 .748 .003 .007 .011 .039
Flush Series 2400 MagicSense model
576TX 11 11 6.5 19 0.1 0.2 0.3 1.0
.433 .433 .256 .748 .003 .007 .011 .039
Flush
Model Cut
Dimensions in mm/Inch
Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter
A B C D Piano wire Hard wire Medium hardness Copper wire
503ET 9 11 6.5 19 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.2
.354 .433 .256 .748 .015 .023 .031 .047
Semi-flush
503ETF 9 11 6.5 20 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.2
.354 .433 .256 .787 .015 .023 .031 .047
Flush
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Tip cutter – angled wide head
110 mm/4.331 Inch
67 g/2.36 oz.
30°
The angled head provides for precise cuts at
different working angles.
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Side Cutters and Tip Cutters
284
Side Cutters and Tip Cutters
Special applications
A = length of cutting edges
B = head width
C = head thickness
D = head length
D
115 mm/4.527 Inch
79 g/2.79 oz.
Side cutter, suitable for cutting printed-circuit boards.
Model Cut Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch
Max. D Max. B
1884EPCM 1.5 2.0
Flush .059 .078
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Special applications – Special tool steel, ESD-safe
120 mm/4.724 Inch
100 g/3.53 oz.
Side cutter with compound action.
Model Cut Dimensions in mm/Inch Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter
A B C Copper wire
147A 12 10.5 7.5 1.8 For cutting hard wires
Semi-flush .472 .413 .295 .070 with minimal effort
147AT 12 10.5 7.5 1.8 Model same as 147A, but with
.472 .413 .295 .070 cutting edges made from tungsten
Semi-flush carbide, model on request
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
*Not available in North America
285
Special applications
110 mm/4.331 Inch
48 g/1.69 oz.
115 mm/4.527 Inch
67 g/2.36 oz.
115 mm/4.527 Inch
67 g/2.36 oz.
Side cutter, suitable for precision cuts on soft
materials, e.g. small silicone tubes in medical
applications, precision connector seals, miniature
rubber seals, soft synthetic parts.
Side cutter, suitable for cutting Kevlar® silks.
Side cutter with cutting edges made from
tungsten carbide.
Model Cut Dimensions in mm/Inch
A B C
632NCF 9 9 6
Super full flush .354 .354 .236
Model Dimensions in mm/Inch
A B C D
599FO 12 11 6.5 19
.472 .433 .256 .748
Model Cut Dimensions in mm/Inch
A B C D
599TFO 12 10.5 6.5 19 Model same as 599FO, but with cutting edges
Semi-flush .472 .413 .256 .748 made from tungsten carbide. Suitable for cutting
Kevlar
® silks, VectranTM-sheathed wires, optical
fibres and small stainless wires
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Side Cutters and Tip Cutters
286
Pneumatic cutter
Handy, light and precise
Extremely versatile thanks to a selection
of different cutting heads
Easily interchangeable cutting heads
Suitable for cutting conventional components,
soft metals or small plastic parts
Side Cutters and Tip Cutters
Pneumatic side cutters and tip cutters
130 mm/5.118 Inch
130 g/4.59 oz.
Pneumatic-cutter housing
Model Dimensions in mm/Inch Diameter
D
1500 BSF 28 Requires 4 – 6 bar oil-free clean compressed air
Pneumatic side cutters and tip cutters
Cutting heads for 1500BSF
A = length of cutting edges
B = head width
C = head thickness
A
B
C
A
B
C
Model Cut Dimensions in mm/Inch Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter
A B C Copper wire
1512N 10 10.5 6.5 1.6
Semi-flush .394 .413 .256 .062
1522N 10 10.5 6.5 1.6
.394 .413 .256 .062
Flush
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Side cutter – oval head
35 g/1.16 oz. This is the standard head shape.
It is used for all cutting jobs in easy-to-reach areas.
The oval head provides for a high cutting capacity
and is characterised by its robustness.
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Wire quality, see P. 38
287
Pneumatic side cutters and tip cutters
Side cutter – pointed relieved head
32 g/1.12 oz.
This is the narrowest head shape.
The underside is relieved and facilitates optimum
access even to extremely hard-to-reach areas.
Model Cut Dimensions in mm/Inch Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter
A B C Copper wire
1522NB 9 10.5 6.5 1.2
Flush .354 .413 .256 .047
Model Cut Dimensions in mm/Inch Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter
A B C Copper wire
1503E 12 10.5 6.5 1.2
Flush .472 .413 .256 .047
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Tip cutter – angled head
38 g/1.34 oz.
30°
The angled head provides for precise cuts at
different working angles.
Side cutter – tapered head
35 g/1.16 oz. The edges of the cutter head are straight and taper
to a point, allowing access to hard to reach areas.
Model Cut Dimensions in mm/Inch Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter
A B C Copper wire
1522NA 9 10.5 6.5 1.4
Flush .354 .413 .256 .055
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Side Cutters and Tip Cutters
288
Erem distance cutters are available with fixed
and variable cutting lengths
The tips are polished so as to prevent
board damage
For cutting wires to the right length and for
fixing components
The protective stop screw D improves the
performance of Erem distance cutters:
– Clearance B larger than the wire diameter
= cut wire is ejected.
– Clearance B smaller than the wire diameter
= cut wire is held.
Adjust protective stop screw D so that cutting
edge C does not hit the opposite side.
This increases the lifetime of the cutting edge.
Side Cutters and Tip Cutters
Distance cutters
A = jaw length
E = width of tips
F = cutting length
Model Cut
Dimensions in mm/Inch
Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter
A E F Copper wire
530E06** 20 3 0.6 1.2 Cuts copper wire to a length of 0.6 mm/.023 Inch
Flush .787 .118 .023 .047
530E08 20 3 0.8 1.2 Cuts copper wire to a length of 0.8 mm/.031 Inch
Flush .787 .118 .031 .047
530E10 20 3 1.0 1.2 Cuts copper wire to a length of 1.0 mm/.039 Inch
Flush .787 .118 .039 .047
530E12* 20 3 1.2 1.2 Cuts copper wire to a length of 1.2 mm/.047 Inch
Flush .787 .118 .047 .047
530E13* 20 3 1.3 1.2 Cuts copper wire to a length of 1.3 mm/.051 Inc
Flush .787 .118 .051 .047
530E15 20 3 1.5 1.2 Cuts copper wire to a length of 1.5 mm/.059 Inch
Flush .787 .118 .059 .047
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Fixed cutting length (F)
120 mm/4.724 Inch
67 g/2.36 oz.
Special tool steel
E S D - s a f e
Fixed cutting length (= F)
Reduces mechanical shock on components
Wire quality, see P. 38
D
B
C
*Not available in North America **Order as 539E060 in North America
289
Distance cutters
Model Cut
Dimensions in mm/Inch
Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter
A E F Copper wire
549E 20 3 1.5 1.2 Cuts wire to a length of 1.5 mm/.059 Inch
Flush .787 .118 .059 .047
549E10* 20 3 1.0 1.2 Cuts wire to a length of 1.0 mm/.039 Inch
Flush .787 .118 .039 .047
549E12* 20 3 1.2 1.2 Cuts wire to a length of 1.2 mm/.047 Inch
Flush .787 .118 .047 .047
Model Cut
Dimensions in mm/Inch
Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter
A E V Copper wire
530E15A* 20 4.5 1.2 – 6 1.2 Variable cutting length from
Flush .787 .177 .047 – .236 .047 1.2 mm to 6 mm/ 047 to .236 Inch
Model Cut
Dimensions in mm/Inch
Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter
A E V Copper wire
573EB 20 4.5 0 – 5 0.8 Variable cutting length from
Flush .787 .177 0 – .197 .031 0 mm to 5 mm/ 0 to .197 Inch
Model Cut
Dimensions in mm/Inch
Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter
A E F Copper wire
530E18* 20 3 1.8 1.2 Cuts copper wire to a length of 1.8 mm/.070 Inc
Flush .787 .118 .070 .047
530E20* 20 3 2.0 1.2 Cuts copper wire to a length of 2.0 mm/.078 Inch
Flush .787 .118 .078 .047
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
120 mm/4.724 Inch
67 g/2.36 oz.
45°
120 mm/4.724 Inch
70 g/2.47 oz.
Special tool steel
E S D - s a f e
Fixed length distance cutter
Tapered 45°
Special tool steel
E S D - s a f e
Variable cutting length (= V)
With protective stop screw
Special tool steel
E S D - s a f e
Variable cutting length (= V)
With protective stop screw
Interchangeable plastic stop protects the
printed-circuit board against damage
Variable cutting length (V)
Side Cutters and Tip Cutters
*Not available in North America
115 mm/4.527 Inch
70 g/2.47 oz.
290
Pliers
Good grip due to precise produced tips even at
the thinnest part
The choice of materials used for production of the pliers and a
special hardening process is very important.
291
Pliers
292
Pliers
Internal patented Erem
Magic Spring
lange Lebensdauer
Constant spring force
Guarantees more than 1 million operations
High precision
screw joint
Smooth jaw action with no play
Smooth cutting operation with no
jaw overlapping
Precision ground jaws
Erem pliers, stripping pliers, forming pliers
Gripping and bending pliers with
standard and ergonomic handles
MagicSense – moulded handle for
increase comfort
Wide variety of head shapes
Special tool steel, non-reflecting
surface, ESD-safe
293
Pliers
Ergonomically shaped handles
for high comfort,
better grip and added safety
EMOS maximum
opening stop
limits the cutting-edge tips from opening
more than 5 mm/.197 Inch. The limited
extent to which the handles can open pre-
vent user hand fatigue.
ESD-safe
The interchangeable foam-cushion handles
are ESD-safe and are fitted as standard on all
Erem cutters and pliers.
EMI/RF Erem cutters and pliers
Sources: DOD/CECC
10∞ 1001051012 1020 W/cm2
antistaticconductive insulatingstatic dissipating
294
Pliers
Erem Pliers
Pliers for miniature and standard electronics
Special tool steel, non-reflecting surface, ESD-safe
High grade tool steel
A = jaw length
B = head width
C = head thickness
E = width of tips
G = total height of both tips
Model Shape Dimensions in mm/Inch
A B C E ø G
543E* 23 9 6.5 0.8 1.6
.905 .354 .256 .031 .062
Model Shape Dimensions in mm/Inch
A B C E G
547 23 9 6.5 0.9 1.2
.905 .354 .256 .035 .047
120 mm/4.724 Inch
62 g/2.18 oz.
120 mm/4.724 Inch
62 g/2.18 oz.
Round nose pliers with very precise, smooth jaws.
Suitable for forming, bending, laying and feeding
in wires.
Needle nose pliers with very precise, smooth and
rounded jaws.
Suitable for forming, bending, laying and feeding
in wires.
Round nose pliers
Needle nose pliers
*Order as 543 in North America
295
Pliers
Erem pliers
Model Shape Dimensions in mm/Inch
A B C E G
542E* 23 9 6.5 2.4 1.4
.905 .354 .256 .094 .055
Model Shape Dimensions in mm/Inch
A B C E G
544E* 23 9 6.5 1 1.4
.905 .354 .256 .039 .055
Model Shape Dimensions in mm/Inch
A B C E G
544D 23 9 6.5 1 1.4 Inside-serrated jaws for secure handling
.905 .354 .256 .039 .055
Model Shape Dimensions in mm/Inch
A B C E G
531E* 23 9 6.5 5 3
.905 .354 .256 .197 .118
120 mm/4.724 Inch
67 g/2.36 oz.
120 mm/4.724 Inch
67 g/2.36 oz.
120 mm/4.724 Inch
67 g/2.36 oz.
125 mm/4.921 Inch
67 g/2.36 oz.
Flat nose pliers with smooth jaws and
precision-machined edges.
Suitable for gripping flat workpieces.
Chain nose pliers with narrow half-round jaws.
For securely handling components.
Flat nose pliers with replaceable nylon jaws.
Nylon jaws prevent nicking and scratching.
Suitable for forming precious metals and
component connections.
Flat nose pliers
Chain nose pliers
*Order as 542 in North America
*Order as 531 in North America
*Order as 544 in North America
296
Pliers
Series 2400 MagicSense pliers
Pliers for miniature and standard electronics
Optimized ergonomically shaped handles for
increased comfort
Special tool steel, non-reflecting surface, ESD-safe
A = jaw length
B = head width
C = head thickness
E = width of tips
G = total height of both tips
Model Shape Dimensions in mm/Inch
A B C E G
2411P 33.5 11 6 1 1.2
1.319 .433 .236 .039 .047
2411PD 35.5 11 6 1 1.2 Model same as 2411P, but with inside-
1.319 .433 .236 .039 .047 serrated jaws for secure handling
146 mm/5.748 Inch
72 g/2.54 oz.
Needle nose pliers with very precise, smooth
and rounded jaws.
Needle nose pliers
297
Pliers
Series 2400 MagicSense pliers
Model Shape Dimensions in mm/Inch
A B C E ø G
2443P 33.5 11 6 0.8 1.6
1.319 .433 .236 .031 .062
146 mm/5.748 Inch
72 g/2.54 oz.
Round nose pliers with very precise, smooth jaws.
Suitable for bending wires.
Round nose pliers
Model Shape Dimensions in mm/Inch
A B C E G
2442P 33.5 11 6 3.4 1.2
1.319 .433 .236 .139 .047
146 mm/5.748 Inch
72 g/2.54 oz.
Flat nose pliers with smooth jaws and
precision-machined edges.
Suitable for gripping flat workpieces.
Flat nose pliers
298
Stripping pliers
High precision stripping pliers
Robust, high-precision tools for use in
electronics and aeronautical engineering
The required diameter is set by means
of screws
Screwdriver and key are included
Interchangeable blades
E S D - s a f e
Special designs also available on request
Model Dimensions in mm/Inch
A E G H Wire diameter
510AE 21 5 4 7 0.25 mm – 1.02 mm (AWG 30 – 18)
.827 .197 .157 .276 .010 Inch – .040 Inch
120 mm/4.724 Inch
75 g/2.65 oz.
Suitable for all types of insulation and optical fibres.
Integral side cutting blade.
Front stripping
A = jaw length
E = width of tips
G = total height of both tips
H = length of cutting blade
299
Stripping pliers
High precision stripping pliers
Model Dimensions in mm/Inch
A E F G H Wire diameter
552E 23 6.5 1 11 9 0.06 mm – 0.6 mm (AWG 42 – 24)
.905 .256 .039 .433 .354 .002 Inch – .023 Inch
Model Dimensions in mm/Inch
A E F G H Wire diameter
552S 21 6.5 6.7 11 9 0.06 mm – 0.6 mm (AWG 42 – 24)
.827 .256 .264 .433 .354 .002 Inch – .023 Inch
120 mm /4.724 Inch
80 g/2.82 oz
120 mm /4.724 Inch
80 g/2.82 oz
Unique precision for damage-free stripping of
fine wires.
Suitable for all types of insulation, Teflon®, Tefzel
and optical fibres.
Unique precision for damage-free stripping of
fine wires.
Suitable for all types of insulation, Teflon®, Tefzel
and optical fibres.
Front stripping
Side stripping
A = jaw length
E = width of tips
F = depth of interchangeable blade
G = total height of both tips
H = length of cutting blade
A = jaw length
E = width of tips
F = depth of interchangeable blade
G = total height of both tips
H = length of cutting blade
300
Forming pliers
Forming pliers for passive components
Safe bending, forming and preparation
of component connections
High grade tool steel
Non-reflecting surface
E S D - s a f e
120 mm/4.724 Inch
70 g/2.47 oz.
120 mm/4.724 Inch
70 g/2.47 oz.
Suitable for component connections, U-shape.
Suitable for component connections, U-shape,
axial forming.
Narrow head shape.
A = jaw length
D = height of tips
E = width of tips
F = length of forming tool
A = jaw length
D = height of tips
E = width of tips
F = length of forming tool
Model Dimensions in mm/Inch Max. connection diameter
A D E F Diodes Capacitors Resistors
554E* 13 10 10 10 0.65 mm 0.7 mm 1/2 W
.512 .394 .394 .394 .025 Inch .027 Inch
Model Dimensions in mm/Inch Max. connection diameter
A D E F Diodes Capacitors Resistors
554A 23 5.6 2.5 4.5 0.65 mm 0.7 mm
1/2 W
.905 .220 .098 .177 .025 Inch .027 Inch
*Order as 554 in North America
301
Forming pliers
Forming pliers for passive components
120 mm/4.724 Inch
70 g/2.47 oz.
120 mm/4.724 Inch
67 g/2.36 oz.
120 mm/4.724 Inch
67 g/2.36 oz.
Suitable for secure assembly.
Forms the two opposing Us in one operation.
For cutting and bending components into
two operations to a predefined length.
For cutting and bending different types
of components with two outputs.
A = jaw length
D = height of tips
E = width of tips
F = length of forming tool
A = jaw length
D = height of tips
E = width of tips
F = length of forming tool
A = jaw length
D = height of tips
E = width of tips
F = length of forming tool
Model Dimensions in mm/Inch Max. connection diameter
A D E F Diodes Capacitors Resistors
554TX 20 6.5 6.5 4 0.65 mm 0.7 mm 1/2 W
.787 .256 .256 .157 .025 Inch .027 Inch
Model Dimensions in mm/Inch Max. connection diameter
A D E F Diodes Capacitors Resistors
50788 23 4 3 0.65 mm 0.7 mm 1/2 W
.905 .157 .118 .025 Inch .027 Inch
Model Dimensions in mm/Inch Max. connection diameter
A D E F Diodes Capacitors Resistors
50789Z 23 3.3 3.5 0.65 mm 0.7 mm 1/2 W
.905 .130 .138 .025 Inch .027 Inch
302
Forming pliers
High precision forming tools for active components
Safe bending, forming and preparation of
component connections, specially for inte-
grated components and power transistors
High grade tool steel
Non-reflecting surface
E S D - s a f e
120 mm/4.724 Inch
85 g/3.00 oz.
120 mm/4.724 Inch
85 g/3.00 oz.
Suitable for bending flat components, contacts,
power transistors, Triac connections to a right angle.
Suitable for cutting and bending Series TO compo-
nents, diodes and mechanical parts to a right angle.
Easily adjustable with interchangeable cutting edges.
Model Dimensions in mm/Inch
K max. M
500103A* 15 3 – 12
.590 .118 – .472
Model Dimensions in mm/Inch
K max. M
500210E 11 3.8 – 15
.433 .149 – .590
*Not available in North America
303
Forming pliers
High precision forming tools for active components
High precision forming pliers for Flat Packs, Quads
High precision forming pliers for DIL pins
120 mm/4.724 Inch
85 g/3.00 oz.
120 mm /4.724 Inch
100 g/3.53 oz.
120 mm/4.724 Inch
98 g/3.46 oz.
3 connections, suitable for bending components
of Series TO 126, 218, 220 and power transistors
through 90° in two rows.
Adjusted by means of a screw.
Suitable for bending flat components, contacts,
power transistors, Triac connections to a right angle.
Suitable for cutting and bending DIL pins through
90° in one operation.
Up to max. 20 DIL pins.
Model Dimensions in mm/Inch
K max. M I
500104A 13 3.5 – 15 2.54
.512 .138 – .590 .100
Model Dimensions in mm/Inch
A K max. M
80013C 17 13 2.8
.669 .512 .110
Model Dimensions in mm/Inch
E F
809IC 25 0.9
.984 .035
or
304
Special tools
IC and SMD tools, Fibre optic tools,
Vacuum micromanipulator
IC and SMD tools with precise fine adjustment for inserting,
extracting, straightening and cutting IC and SMD components
High-precision tools for optical fibres for professional stripping,
suitable for cutting Kevlar® silks, VectranTM-sheathed wires, etc.
Vacuum system for precise handling of tiny SMD components and
silicon wafers, suitable for assembly and laboratory work
304
305
Special tools
305
306
IC and SMD tools
IC and SMD tools
IC and SMD tools for inserting,
extracting, straightening and cutting
IC and SMD components
Non-reflecting surface
ESD-safer
Model Model Dimensions in mm/Inch
E 505C 505BGC 505BG
505C 505C 20 Pins:
.787
505BGC 36
1.417
505BG 36
1.417 Width:
Model Dimensions in mm/Inch
A E G
808G 23 42 1
.905 1.653 .039
120 mm/4.724 Inch
130 mm/5.118 Inch
120 g/4.24 oz.
One screwdriver included for fine adjustments.
Practical straightening tool, suitable for
straightening contacts, DIL/IC connections.
Up to 16 connections possible.
Inserting and extracting
Straightening
307
IC and SMD tools
Model Cut Dimensions in mm/Inch
A D E
670EP 10 3 2
Flush .394 .118 .079
Model Description
3900KC Kit for SMD work
contents:
51SA Precision tweezers with very pointed tips, bent 30°, relieved; length 115 mm/4.527 Inch
102ACA SMD tweezers with angled tips and blunted edges, suitable for vertical working with small components;
length 115 mm/4.527 Inch
103ACA SMD tweezers with angled tips and blunted edges for vertical working with small components;
length 115 mm/4.527 Inch
150SAMB SMD tweezers with bent tips 40°, serrated finger grips for gripping small cylindrical parts,
dia. 1.2 – 2.5 mm/.047 – .108 Inch; length 120 mm/4.724 Inch
150SAMF SMD tweezers with straight tips and serrated finger grips for gripping small cylindrical parts,
dia. 1.2 – 2.5 mm/.047 – .108 Inch; length 120 mm/4.724 Inch
670EP High-precision tip cutter for connections of SMD micro-packages up to 0.25 mm/.010 Inch
Model Cut Dimensions in mm/Inch
A D
593AE 20 4
Flush .787 .157
110 mm/4.331 Inch
48 g/1.69 oz.
115 mm/4.527 Inch
67 g/2.36 oz.
High-precision tip cutter.
For connections of SMD micro-packages up to 0.25 mm/
.010 Inch, also for pitches smaller than 1/20”.
For µ pitches below 0.5 mm/.019 Inch, you will need
the 670EPF model.
Please send component when ordering.
For SMD assembly and repair applications.
6-piece tool kit with monitored discharging
ESD handles.
Special tool steel, non-reflecting surface,
resharpenable (cutter).
High-quality precision tweezers, non-magnetic.
In an ESD-safe plastic case.
High-precision tip cutter, bent.
Practical rework tool.
For cutting DIL contacts directly on the component.
Ideal for densely printed boards.
Cutting
Kit for SMD work
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Special tools
308
Fibre optic tools
High precision tools for optical fibres
Suitable for simple and precise
stripping of optical fibres
High grade tool steel
Non-reflecting surface
E S D - s a f e
Model Dimensions in mm/Inch
A E F G H Wire diameter
552S 21 6.5 6.7 11 9 0.06 mm – 0.60 mm (AWG 42 – 24)
.827 .256 .264 .433 .354 .002 Inch – .023 Inch
120 mm /4.724 Inch
80 g/2.82 oz.
120 mm/4.724 Inch
20 g/0.71 oz.
Suitable for all types of insulation, Teflon®, Tefzel
and optical fibres.
Unlimited stripping length thanks to side stripping.
Diameter is set by means of two screws.
Replaceable cutting blade.
Stainless-steel tweezers with synthetic tips (PPS).
Non-reflecting surface.
Non-magnetic.
Side stripping
Holding / gripping
A = jaw length
E = width of tips
F = depth of interchangeable blades
G = total height of both tips
H = length of cutting blade
Model Description
249SA Precision tweezers with pointed synthetic tips (PPS) to protect optical fibres and serrated finger grips for
secure handling. Volume resistance 16 Ω/cm. Heat-resistant up to 250°C (480°F). Resistant to acids and
molten soldering tin. Water-repellent.
309
High precision tools for optical fibres
Model Dimensions in mm/Inch
A B C
599FO 15 10.5 6.5
.590 .413 .256
Model Cut Dimensions in mm/Inch
A B C
599TFO 15 10.5 6.5
Semi-flush .590 .413 .256
115 mm/4.527 Inch
67 g/2.36 oz.
115 mm/4.527 Inch
67 g/2.36 oz.
Side cutter, suitable for cutting Kevlar® silks,
V e c t r a n TM-sheathed wires, optical fibres and
small stainless wires.
Side cutter, suitable for cutting Kevlar® silks,
VectranTM-sheathed wires, optical fibres and
small stainless wires.
Cutting
A = length of cutting edges
B = head width
C = head thickness
A
B
C
A
B
C
Flush F
Super Full Flush FF
Semi Flush SF
Special tools
310
Vacuum micromanipulator
Vacuum micromanipulator
Professional vacuum system for precise
handling of tiny SMD components and
silicon wafers
Suitable for assembly and laboratory
work
Advantages of the vacuum micromanipulator:
Easy picking up of components or silicone wafers
Immediate set-down/release of parts
Full 360° rotating system
Direct axial switch for vacuum
Ergonomic shape reduces hand and wrist fatigue
E S D - s a f e
3000 ESD
3740
(optional)
3200 2040Z / 2044Z / 2041Z
2052E
3303 / 3305Z /
3310Z / 3315 /
3330
3231
3232 2040Z / 2044Z / 2041Z
2052E
Model Dimensions in mm/Inch
3000ESD* Dia. 10 mm Handle
.394 Inch
140 mm/5.512 Inch
35 g/1.23 oz.
Ergonomic handle with axial switch, serrated finger
grip for secure handling.
Handle
*Not available in North America
311
Inserts for 3000ESD housing
Adapters
Model Description
3200* 25 mm 15 g Stainless-steel adapter, rotatable through 360°,
.984 Inch 0.53 oz. straight suction tip for direct working or as an
adapter for suction tips or suction cups
3231* 5 mm 5 g Adapter fix, for working with Series 3300
.197 Inch 0.17 oz. suction tips
3232* 15 mm total 3 g Adapter fix, for direct working or as an adapter for
.590 Inch 0.10 oz. suction tips 20442/20412 or suction cup 2052E
Suction tips, straight
Model Outside diameter Inside diameter
2044Z* 1.3 mm 0.9 mm
.051 Inch .035 Inch
2041Z* 2.0 mm 1.4 mm
.078 Inch .015 Inch
Polyethylene suction tip.
For working with 3200 or 3232 adapter.
Special tools
*Not available in North America
312
Vacuum micromanipulator
Inserts for 3000ESD housing
Suction needles
Suction cups
Model Outside diameter Inside diameter
3303* 0.30 mm 0.16 mm
.011 Inch .006 Inch
3305Z* 0.50 mm 0.25 mm
.020 Inch .019 Inch
3310Z* 1.0 mm 0.65 mm
.039 Inch .025 Inch
Model Diameter
2052E* 4.5 mm
.177 Inch
Stainless-steel suction needle.
Bent 45°.
For working with 3200 or 3232 adapter.
Silicone suction cup.
For working with 3200 or 3232 adapter.
*Not available in North America
313
Inserts for 3000ESD housing
Vacuum kit
Accessories
Model Description
3714Z* Diaphragm pump 230 V, 5 l/min, max. vacuum –250 mbar
3008ESD* Tube, flexible, 1.8 m/70.866 Inch, ESD-safe
3717* Filter for tube 3008ESD
3740* Table holder for 3000ESD (without accessories)
Model Description
3000KCESD* Vacuum kit
contents:
3000ESD Handle
3200 Adapter, rotatable through 360°
3231 Adapter fix
3305Z, 3310Z, 3315 Suction needles
2052E Suction cup, dia. 4.5 mm / .177 Inch
KDS 260L Suction cup, dia. 9.5 mm / .374 Inch
3740 Table holder
3714Z Diaphragm pump 230 V
3008ESD Tube, flexible
3717 Filter
102ACA SMD tweezers, 115 mm / 4.527 Inch, with bent tips and blunted
edges. For vertical working with small components. Stainless steel,
non-reflecting surface, non-magnetic.
Complete accessories for easy pick-up
and immediate set-down of components
or silicon wafers.
Set for laboratory work.
In an ESD-safe plastic case.
Special tools
*Not available in North America
314
Kits
Swiss high precision tools in a kit
Large selection of tool kits with high-quality
precision tools
Optimum combination of suitable precision tools
for many applications, e.g. in microelectronics,
medicine or biology
Precision tools in an ESD-safe plastic case with
padded foam inlay
315
Kits
316
For use in electronics assembly, the watchmaking
industry, medicine or dentistry.
11-piece tool kit with monitored discharging
ESD handles.
Special tool steel, non-reflecting surface,
resharpenable (cutter).
High-quality precision tweezers, non-magnetic, for
assembly work in electronics and light engineering.
Precision screwdriver with hardened, durable tips,
for precision working in confined areas.
In an ESD-safe plastic case.
Erem Toolset Universal
Model Description
3600KU* Erem Toolset Universal
contents:
XP600 Precision-screwdriver set for electronics 4 regular screwdrivers: 1.5 x 60 mm/.059 x 2.362 Inch, 2.0 x
60 mm/.078 x 2.362 Inch, 2.5 x 60 mm/.098 x 2.362 Inch, 3.0 x
60 mm/.118 x 2.362 Inch, 2 Phillips screwdrivers No. 0 and No. 00
2412E Series 2400 MagicSense side cutter, Robust head for universal use, hard wire 0.5 mm/.019 Inch,
semi-flush, oval head medium hardness 1.0 mm/.039 Inch, Cu 1.6 mm/.066 Inch
2442P Series 2400 MagicSense flat nose pliers With smooth jaws, precision-machined edges,
e.g. for gripping flat workpieces
622NB Tip cutter, flush, relieved, Miniature cutter for excellent access, flush,
long, fine head medium hardness 0.6 mm/.023 Inch, Cu 0.8 mm/.031 Inch
AASA Precision tweezers Pointed tips straight, special stainless steel, non-magnetic
2ASASL Precision tweezers With flat rounded tips, tip widths 2 mm/.078 Inch,
special stainless steel, non-magnetic
Kits
Swiss high precision tools in a kit
*Not available in North America
317
For SMD assembly and repair applications.
6-piece tool kit with monitored discharging
ESD handles.
Special tool steel, non-reflecting surface,
resharpenable (cutter).
High-quality precision tweezers, non-magnetic,
for SMD work.
In an ESD-safe plastic case.
Erem Toolset SMD
Model Description
3900KC Erem Toolset SMD
contents:
51SA Precision tweezers With very pointed tips, angled 30°, relieved
102ACA SMD precision tweezers Tip width 0.5 mm/.019 Inch, angled 45°
103ACA SMD precision tweezers Tip width 1 mm/.039 Inch, angled 45°
150SAMB SMD precision tweezers With round tips, dia. 1.2 mm – 2.5 mm/.047 Inch – .098
Inch, angled 40°, serrated finger grips for gripping cylindrical
components
150SAMF SMD precision tweezers With round, very narrow tips, dia. 1.2 mm – 2.5 mm/
.047 Inch – .098 Inch, serrated finger grips
670EP Miniature tip cutter, flush, For SMD and micro-package contacts up to
relieved head 0.25 mm/.010 Inch
Swiss high precision tools in a kit
*Not available in North America
Kits
318
Kits
For use in electronics, PCB assembly, wire and
connection handling.
3-piece tool kit.
MagicSense moulded handle with soft touch
for increased comfort and grip.
Induction-hardened cutting edges in Rockwell
hardness 64-65 HRc, high grade of hardness for
exceptionally long life.
High grade tool steel, non-reflecting surface,
ESD-safe, resharpenable.
In an ESD-safe plastic case.
Erem 2400 MagicSense
Modell Beschreibung
2400KMS* Erem 2400 MagicSense
contents:
2412E Series 2400 MagicSense side cutter, Robust head for universal use, hard wire 0.5 mm/.019 Inch,
semi-flush, oval head medium hardness 1.0 mm/.039 Inch, Cu 1.6 mm/.062 Inch
2482E Series 2400 MagicSense tip cutter, Angled 45°, ideally suitable for working on printed-circuit
flush, narrow head boards, component connections, can be used in both 90°
and 180° applications
2411P Series 2400 MagicSense needle nose pliers Smooth, rounded jaws
Swiss high precision tools in a kit
*Not available in North America
319
High-quality precision tweezers for use in
microelectronics, light engineering,
laboratory work, biology and medicine.
3-piece tweezer kit.
Special stainless steel, non-magnetic, non-
rusting, acid-proof.
In an ESD-safe plastic case.
Erem Tweezers Prime Selection
Model Description
3300TPS* Erem Tweezers Prime Selection
contents:
3SA Precision tweezers With pointed tips straight
2ASA Precision tweezers With flat rounded tips for gripping smaller components,
tip width 2 mm/.078 Inch
7SA Precision tweezers Curved, relieved, with pointed tips
Swiss high precision tweezers in a kit
*Not available in North America
Kits
320
High-quality precision tweezers for SMD work
with assorted shapes of chip, SOT, MELFs, mini
MELFs, flatpacks.
4-piece tweezer kit.
Blunted edges prevent PCB damage.
Special stainless steel, non-magnetic, non-rusting,
acid-proof.
In an ESD-safe plastic case.
Erem SMD Tweezers – Universal
Model Description
3400TSMDU* Erem SMD Tweezers – Universal
contents:
103ACA SMD precision tweezers Angled 45°, tip width 0.5 mm/.019 Inch
150SAMF SMD precision tweezers With round tips, angled 40°, serrated finger grips for secure
handling, for gripping cylindrical components
102ACAX SMD precision tweezers With angled pointed tips for vertical use, reverse clamping
action for easy handling
7SA Precision tweezers Curved, relieved, with pointed tips
Kits
Swiss high precision tweezers in a kit
*Not available in North America
321
High-quality precision tweezers for microelectronics,
light engineering and SMD work.
5-piece tweezer kit.
Blunted edges prevent PCB damage.
Special stainless steel, non-magnetic, non-rusting,
acid-proof.
In an ESD-safe plastic case.
Erem Premium Tweezers
Model Description
3500TP* Erem Premium Tweezers
contents:
3SA Precision tweezers With pointed tips straight
2ASA Precision tweezers With flat rounded tips for gripping small components,
tip width 2 mm/.078 Inch
7SA Precision tweezers Curved, relieved, with pointed tips
102ACA SMD precision tweezers Tip width 0.5 mm/.019 Inch, angled 45°
15AGW Cutting tweezers With narrow oblique head, for soft wires, hardened cutting
edges for increased service life
Swiss high precision tweezers in a kit
*Not available in North America
Kits
322
Complete accessories for easy pick-up and
immediate set-down of components or silicon
wafers.
Set for laboratory work.
In an ESD-safe plastic case.
Vacuum kit
Model Description
3000KCESD* Vacuum kit
contents:
3000ESD Handle Size: 400 x 320 x 150 mm/15.748 x 12.598 x 5.905 Inch, 2.2 kg,
with axial switch, ergonomic, serrated finger grip
3200 Adapter, rotatable through 360° Stainless-steel adapter, rotatable through 360°, straight suction tip
for direct working or as an adapter for section tips or suction cups
3231 Adapter fix For working with 3300 suction tips
3305Z, 3310Z, 3315 Suction needles, 45°, stainless steel
For working 3231 adapter
2052E Suction cup, For working with 3200 or 3232 adapter
dia. 4.5 mm/.177 Inch, silicone
KDS 260L Suction cup, dia. 9.5 mm/.374 Inch
3740 Table holder
3714Z Diaphragm pump 230 V, 5 l/min, max. vacuum –250 mbar
3008ESD Tube, flexible, 1.8 m, ESD-safe
3717 Filter for tube 3008ESD
102ACA SMD tweezers 115 mm/4.527 Inch, with curved tips and blunted edges,
for vertical working with small components, stainless steel,
non-reflecting surface, non-magnetic
Kits
Swiss high precision tools in a kit
*Not available in North America
323
Kits
324
Knives, Shearcutters, Screwdriver, Kits
325
326
Knives & Blades
Knives
Blades for XN100
Blades for XN200 and XN210
Order No. Description Size
Inch mm
XN100 Knife, Light duty for soft material 5 13/16 148
XN200 Knife, Medium duty for hard material 5 3/4 146
XN210 Knife, Heavy duty plastic handle for coars jobs 5 7/16 137
XNS100 Light and medium duty knife set
contains 10 assorted blades:
XN100, XN200, XNB103 (2 pcs.), XNB105 (2 pcs.),
XNB101, XNB203, XNB205 (2 pcs.), XNB201
Order No. Description Pack
quantity
XNB101 Blade, Standard 5
XNB103 Blade, Fine pointed 5
XNB103B Blade, Fine pointed 100
XNB105 Blade, Stencil 5
Order No. Description Pack
quantity
XNB201 Blade, Chisel 5
XNB203 Blade, General purpose 5
XNB205 Blade, Pointed 5
327
Shearcutter – general purpose
Sheet metal Snip
Wire Stripper & Cutters
Shearcutters & Pliers
Order No. Description Size
Inch mm
170M Shearcutter, red handles 5 127
175M Shearcutter with safety clips, red handles 5 127
Order No. Description Size
Inch mm
86NCG Snip, electronic 6 1/2 165
Order No. Description Size
Inch mm
100XV Wire Stripper & Cutter, adjustable 5 127
101SNV Wire Stripper & Cutter, spring-opening 5 127
Cutting copper wire to 0,8 mm diameter
328
Screwdriver & Nutdriver Sets
Mini Screwdriver Set with Slotted/Phillips Screwdrivers
Offset Ratches Screwdriver Set
Order No. Description
M60 Mini Screwdriver Set with Slotted/Phillips Screwdrivers (7 pcs.)
Order No. Description
XL75 Offset Ratches Screwdriver Set
329
Screwdriver Set for slotted Screws – Inch Size
Screwdriver Set for Hex Socket Screws – Inch Size
Order No. Description Length Colour
Inch mm
PS88 Screwdriver Set for Slotted Screws – Inch Size
consists of:
P3321* Screwdriver, Midget 3/32“ (2,38 mm) 3 1/2 89 green
P181* Screwdriver, Midget 1/8“ (3,18 mm) 3 1/2 89 red
P5321* Screwdriver, Midget 5/32“ (3,97 mm) 3 1/2 89 black
P3161* Screwdriver, Midget 3/16“ (4,76 mm) 3 1/2 89 orange
P141 Screwdriver, Midget 1/8“ (3,18 mm) 3 1/2 89 amber
P0* Screwdriver, Philips Nr. 0 3 1/2 89 blue
P1* Screwdriver, Philips Nr. 1 3 1/2 89 brown
P2* Screwdriver, Philips Nr. 2 3 1/2 89 amber
TA2* Torque amplifier handle black
Order No. Description Length
Inch mm
PS89 Screwdriver Set for Hex Socket Screws – Inch Size
consists of:
P18* Screwdriver, Midget, Hex, 0,028“ (0,71 mm) 3 1/2 89
P19* Screwdriver, Midget, Hex, 0,035“ (0,89 mm) 3 1/2 89
P20* Screwdriver, Midget, Hex, 0,050“ (1,27 mm) 3 1/2 89
P21* Screwdriver, Midget, Hex, 1/16“ (1,59 mm) 3 1/2 89
P22* Screwdriver, Midget, Hex, 5/64“ (1,98 mm) 3 1/2 89
P23* Screwdriver, Midget, Hex, 3/32“ (2,38 mm) 3 1/2 89
P764* Screwdriver, Midget, Hex, 7/64“ (2,78 mm) 3 1/2 89
P24* Screwdriver, Midget, Hex, 1/8“ (3,18 mm) 3 1/2 89
TA2* Torque amplifier handle, black
*Discontinued
330
Screwdriver & Nutdriver Sets
Compact Convertible Hex Socket Srewdriver Set – Metric Size
Nutdriver Set – Inch Sizes
Order No. Description Length
Inch mm
PS90MM Compact Convertible Hex Socket Srewdriver Set – Metric Size
consists of:
P71* Screwdriver, Midget, Hex, 1,27 mm 3 1/2 89
P72* Screwdriver, Midget, Hex, 1,5 mm 3 1/2 89
P73* Screwdriver, Midget, Hex, 0,89 mm 3 1/2 89
P74* Screwdriver, Midget, Hex, 2,5 mm 3 1/2 89
P75* Screwdriver, Midget, Hex, 3 mm 3 1/2 89
P76* Screwdriver, Midget, Hex, 4 mm 3 1/2 89
P77* Screwdriver, Midget, Hex, 5 mm 3 1/2 89
P78* Screwdriver, Midget, Hex, 0,89 mm 3 1/2 89
TA2* Torque amplifier handle, black
*Discontinued
Order No. Description Length Colour
Inch mm
PS120 Nutdriver Set – Inch Size
consists of:
P3* Nutdriver, Midget, 3/32“ (2,38 mm) 3 1/2 89 blue
P4* Nutdriver, Midget, 1/18“ (3,18 mm) 3 1/2 89 red
P5* Nutdriver, Midget, 5/32“ (3,97 mm) 3 1/2 89 amber
P6* Nutdriver, Midget, 3/16“ (4,76 mm) 3 1/2 89 black
P7* Nutdriver, Midget, 7/32“ (5,56 mm) 3 1/2 89 brown
P8* Nutdriver, Midget, 1/4“ (6,35 mm) 3 1/2 89 rred
P9* Nutdriver, Midget, 9/32“ (7,14 mm) 3 1/2 89 orange
P10* Nutdriver, Midget, 5/16“ (7,94 mm) 3 1/2 89 amber
P11* Nutdriver, Midget, 11/32“ (8,73 mm) 3 1/2 89 green
P12* Nutdriver, Midget, 3/8“ (9,53 mm) 3 1/2 89 blue
TA2* Torque amplifier handle black
331
Compact Convertible Nutdriver Set – Metric Sizes
Order No. Description Length
Inch mm
PS121MM Compact Convertible Nutdriver Set – Metric Size
consists of:
P3MM* Nutdriver, Midget, 3 mm (0,118“) 3 1/2 89
P35MM* Nutdriver, Midget, 3,5 mm (0,138“) 3 1/2 89
P4MM* Nutdriver, Midget, 4 mm (0,157“) 3 1/2 89
P45MM* Nutdriver, Midget, 4,5 mm (0,177“) 3 1/2 89
P5MM* Nutdriver, Midget, 5 mm (0,197“) 3 1/2 89
P55MM* Nutdriver, Midget, 5,5 mm (0,217“) 3 1/2 89
P6MM* Nutdriver, Midget, 6 mm (0,236“) 3 1/2 89
P7MM* Nutdriver, Midget, 7 mm (0,276“) 3 1/2 89
P8MM Nutdriver, Midget, 8 mm (0,315“) 3 1/2 89
P10MM Nutdriver, Midget, 10 mm (0,394“) 3 1/2 89
TA2* Torque amplifier handle, black
*Discontinued
332
Series 99 Service Kits & Sets
Order No. Description
99MP Multi-purpose Tool Kit, Roll Kit
consists of:
991X Regular Handle
994 T-Handle
99X5 Extension, 4“
99820 Blade, Screwdriver, Phillips No. 0
99821 Blade, Screwdriver, Phillips No. 1
99822 Blade, Screwdriver, Phillips No. 2
996 Blade, Nutdriver, 3/16“
997 Blade, Nutdriver, 7/32“
998 Blade, Nutdriver, 1/4“
998M Blade, Nutdriver, magnetic, 1/4“
999 Blade, Nutdriver, 9/32“
9910 Blade, Nutdriver, 5/16“
9911 Blade, Nutdriver, 11/32“
9912 Blade, Nutdriver, 3/8“
9914 Blade, Nutdriver, 7/16“
9916 Blade, Nutdriver, 1/2“
9920 Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 0,050“
9921 Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 1/16“
9922 Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 5/64“
9923 Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 3/32“
99764 Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 7/64“
9924 Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 1/8“
99964 Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 9/64“
9925 Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 5/32“
9926 Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 3/16“
9961 Blade, Bristol 6-flute Multiple Spline, 0,048“
9962 Blade, Bristol 6-flute Multiple Spline, 0,060“
9963 Blade, Bristol 4-flute Multiple Spline, 0,069“
9964 Blade, Bristol 6-flute Multiple Spline, 0,072“
9965 Blade, Bristol 4-flute Multiple Spline, 0,076“
9966 Blade, Bristol 6-flute Multiple Spline, 0,096“
9967 Blade, Bristol 6-flute Multiple Spline, 0,111“
9968 Blade, Bristol 6-flute Multiple Spline, 0,145“
9969 Blade, Bristol 6-flute Multiple Spline, 0,183“
99125 Blade, Screwdriver, Slotted, 1/8“
99811 Blade, Screwdriver, Slotted, 3/16“
99250 Blade, Screwdriver, Slotted, 1/4“
99312 Blade, Screwdriver, Slotted, 5/16“
9938 Reamer, 1/8“ x 3/8“
333
Order No. Description
99SPC Personal Computer Repair Kit
consists of:
E1 IC-Inserter
X1 IC-Extractor
T1 Tweezer
R1 Gripping Tool
99820 Blade, Screwdriver, Phillips No. 0
99821 Blade, Screwdriver, Phillips No. 1
9910XTD Torx Blade No. 10
9915XTD Torx Blade No. 15
996 Blade, Nutdriver, 3/16“
998 Blade, Nutdriver, 1/4“
99811 Blade, Screwdriver, Slotted, 3/16“
Order No. Description
99PS40 Allen Hex Type Screwdriver Set – Inch Size
consists of:
991X Regular Handle
99X5 Extension 4“
9920 Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 0,050“
9921 Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 1/16“
9922 Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 5/64“
9923 Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 3/32“
99764 Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 7/64“
9924 Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 1/8“
99964 Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 9/64“
9925 Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 5/32“
9926 Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 3/16“
334
Series 99 Service Kits & Sets
Order No. Description
99PS41MM Allen Hex Type Screwdriver Set – Metric Size
consists of:
991X Regular Handle
99X5 Extension 4“
9971MM Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 1,27 mm
9972MM Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 1,5 mm
9973MM Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 2 mm
9974MM Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 2,5 mm
9975MM Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 3 mm
9976MM Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 4 mm
9977MM Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 5 mm
Order No. Description
99PS40BP Innensechskant-Screwdriversatz mit Kugelspitzen – Zollabmessung
consists of:
991X Faustgriff
99X5 Verlängerung, 102 mm
9920BP Innensechskant-Screwdriver mit Kugelspitze, 0,05“
9921BP Innensechskant-Screwdriver mit Kugelspitze, 1/16“
9922BP Innensechskant-Screwdriver mit Kugelspitze, 5/64“
9923BP Innensechskant-Screwdriver mit Kugelspitze, 3/32“
99764BP Innensechskant-Screwdriver mit Kugelspitze, 7/64“
9924BP Innensechskant-Screwdriver mit Kugelspitze, 1/8“
99964BP Innensechskant-Screwdriver mit Kugelspitze, 9/64“
9925BP Innensechskant-Screwdriver mit Kugelspitze, 5/32“
9926BP Innensechskant-Screwdriver mit Kugelspitze, 3/16“
335
Order No. Description
99PS41MMBP Ballpoint Allen Hex Socket Type Screwdriver Set – Metric Size
consists of:
991X Regular Handle
99X5 Extension 4“
9971MMBP Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, Ballpoint, 1,27 mm
9972MMBP Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, Ballpoint, 1,5 mm
9973MMBP Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, Ballpoint, 2 mm
9974MMBP Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, Ballpoint, 2,5 mm
9975MMBP Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, Ballpoint, 3 mm
9976MMBP Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, Ballpoint, 4 mm
9977MMBP Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, Ballpoint, 5 mm
Order No. Description
99PS50 Screwdriver & Nutdriver Set
consists of:
991X Regular Handle
99X5 Extension 4“
99821 Blade, Screwdriver, Phillips No. 0
99822 Blade, Screwdriver, Phillips No. 1
996 Blade, Nutdriver, 3/16“
997 Blade, Nutdriver, 7/32“
998 Blade, Nutdriver, 1/4“
999 Blade, Nutdriver, 9/32“
9910 Blade, Nutdriver, 5/16“
9911 Blade, Nutdriver, 11/32“
9912 Blade, Nutdriver, 3/8“
99811 Blade, Screwdriver, Slotted, 3/16“
99250 Blade, Screwdriver, Slotted, 1/4“
336
Series 99 Service Kits & Sets
Order No. Description
99PS51MM Interchangeable Shank, Nutdriver Set – Metric Size
consists of:
991X Regular Handle
99X5 Extension 4“
994MM Blade, Nutdriver, 4 mm
9945MM Blade, Nutdriver, 4,5 mm
995MM Blade, Nutdriver, 5 mm
9955MM Blade, Nutdriver, 5,5 mm
996MM Blade, Nutdriver, 6 mm
997MM Blade, Nutdriver, 7 mm
998MM Blade, Nutdriver, 8 mm
999MM Blade, Nutdriver, 9 mm
9910MM Blade, Nutdriver, 10 mm
9911MM Blade, Nutdriver, 11 mm
Order No. Description
99PS60 Bristol Multiple Spline Socket Screwdriver Set
consists of:
991X Regular Handle
99X5 Extension 4“
9961 Blade, Bristol 6-flute Multiple Spline, 0,048“
9962 Blade, Bristol 6-flute Multiple Spline, 0,060“
9963 Blade, Bristol 4-flute Multiple Spline, 0,069“
9964 Blade, Bristol 6-flute Multiple Spline, 0,072“
9965 Blade, Bristol 4-flute Multiple Spline, 0,076“
9966 Blade, Bristol 6-flute Multiple Spline, 0,096“
9967 Blade, Bristol 6-flute Multiple Spline, 0,111“
9968 Blade, Bristol 6-flute Multiple Spline, 0,145“
9969 Blade, Bristol 6-flute Multiple Spline, 0,183“
337
Order No. Description
99XTD7 Torx Screwdriver Tool Set
consists of:
991X Regular Handle
9910XTD Torx Blade No. 10
9915XTD Torx Blade No. 15
9920XTD Torx Blade No. 20
9925XTD Torx Blade No. 25
9927XTD Torx Blade No. 27
9930XTD Torx Blade No. 30
Single Tools for Service Kits and Set
Order No. Description
99831 Screwdriver, Pozidriv No. 1
99832 Screwdriver, Pozidriv No. 2
996XTD Torx Blade No. 6
998XTD Torx Blade No. 8
338
Tool Cases
Order No. Description
T0044130000 TCE150ST Tool Case synthetic material
with special tools out of Apex Tools
product lines – Metric Size
consists of:
991X Regular Handle
994R T-Ratching Handle
99X5 Extension 4“
9971MM Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex, 1,27 mm
9972MM Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex, 1,5 mm
9973MM Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex, 2 mm
9974MM Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex, 2,5 mm
9975MM Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex, 3 mm
9976MM Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex, 4 mm
9977MM Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex, 5 mm
994MM Blade, Nutdriver, 4 mm
9945MM Blade, Nutdriver, 4,5 mm
995MM Blade, Nutdriver, 5 mm
9955MM Blade, Nutdriver, 5,5 mm
996MM Blade, Nutdriver, 6 mm
997MM Blade, Nutdriver, 7 mm
998MM Blade, Nutdriver, 8 mm
999MM Blade, Nutdriver, 9 mm
99820 Blade, Screwdriver, Phillips No.0
99821 Blade, Screwdriver, Phillips No.1
99822 Blade, Screwdriver, Phillips No.2
99811 Blade, Screwdriver, Slotted, 3/16“
Order No. Description
Final appearance may vary
99250 Blade, Screwdriver, Slotted, 1/4“
99312 Blade, Screwdriver Slotted, 5/16“
9938 Reamer, 1/8“ x 3/8“
Erop330 Tip Cutter, 130 mm, 40°
542E Flat Nose Plier
543E Round Nose Plier
2211P Needle Nose Plier
170M Shearcutter, red handles
812N Side Cutter
612N Side Cutter
86CG Snip electronic
SX101 Phillips Screwdriver, Stubby No.1
SX102 Phillips Screwdriver, Stubby No.2
XST101 Phillips Screwdriver, Super-tru-tip No.1
0056103699 Soldering Iron W61, 60W
0051304199 DS7N Desoldering head for W 61
XL75 Offset Ratches, Screwdriver Set
103S Wire Stripper & Cutter, Cam Stop Adjustable
0016100402 Hand File Cut 2, 100 mm
AC16C Wrench, 150 mm
0054002599 RL 60/40 - 100 solder
0060403504 Y35CM Ultralock, Measuring Tape 5 m
339
Order No. Description
TC100ST Tool Case with USA Standard Assortment –
Inch Size
consists of:
991X Regular Handle
991R Ratching Handle
994R T-Ratching Handle
99X5 Extension 4“
99X10 Extension 7“
9961 Blade, Bristol 6-flute Multiple Spline, 0,048“
9962 Blade, Bristol 6-flute Multiple Spline, 0,060“
9963 Blade, Bristol 4-flute Multiple Spline, 0,069“
9964 Blade, Bristol 6-flute Multiple Spline, 0,072“
9965 Blade, Bristol 4-flute Multiple Spline, 0,076“
9966 Blade, Bristol 6-flute Multiple Spline, 0,096“
9967 Blade, Bristol 6-flute Multiple Spline, 0,111“
9968 Blade, Bristol 6-flute Multiple Spline, 0,145“
9969 Blade, Bristol 6-flute Multiple Spline, 0,183“
9920 Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 0,050“
9921 Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 1/16“
9922 Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 5/64“
9923 Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 3/32“
99764 Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 7/64“
9924 Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 1/8“
99964 Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 9/64“
9925 Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 5/32“
9926 Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 3/16“
99125 Blade, Screwdriver, Slotted, 1/8“
99811 Blade, Screwdriver, Slotted, 3/16“
99250 Blade, Screwdriver, Slotted, 1/4“
99312 Blade, Screwdriver, Slotted, 5/16“
99820 Blade, Screwdriver, Phillips No.0
99821 Blade, Screwdriver, Phillips No.1
99822 Blade, Screwdriver, Phillips No.2
9938 Reamer, 1/8“ x 3/8“
42H Seizer, Straight Nose, Serrated jaw
46CG Wrench, adjustable, 6“
50CG Plier, adjustable, 6“
51CG Plier, Long Nose, 7“
53CG Plier, adjustable, 4“
54CG Plier, diagonal, 4“
66CG Plier, diagonal, 6“
5 7C G P l i e r, N e e d l e N o s e , 16 “
59CG Plier, Special Purpose, 8“
86CG Electronic Snip, cushion grip, 6,5“
103S Wire Stripper & Cutter, Cam Stop Adjustable
M60 Mini Screwdriver Set (7 pcs.)
XL75 Offset Ratches, Screwdriver Set
600 4-way Pocket Tool Screwdriver/Nutdriver
SB1 Convertible Blade
R3323 Screwdriver, Round Blade,
Pocket Clip Style, 3/32“ x 3“
R181 Screwdriver, Round Blade,
Pocket Clip Style, 1/8“ x 2“
R184 Screwdriver, Round Blade, Regular, 1/8“ x 2“
R3164 Screwdriver, Round Blade, Regular, 3/16“ x 4“
R3166 Screwdriver, Round Blade, Regular, 3/16“ x 6“
R144 Screwdriver, Round Blade, Regular, 1/4“ x 4“
R146 Screwdriver, Round Blade, Regular, 1/4“ x 6“
SX101 Screwdriver, Phillips, Stubby No.1
XST100 Screwdriver, Phillips, Super-tru-tip No.0
XST101 Screwdriver, Phillips, Super-tru-tip No.1
XST102 Screwdriver, Phillips, Super-tru-tip No.2
S3161 Screwdriver, Square Blade, Stubby, 3/8“
S5161 Screwdriver, Square Blade, Stubby, 5/16“
S388 Screwdriver, Square Blade, Regular, 3/8“
S5166 Screwdriver, Square Blade, Regular, 5/16“
P18 Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 0,028“
P19 Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 0,035“
HS6 Nutdriver, Hollow, 3/16“
HS8 Nutdriver, Hollow, 1/4“
HS10 Nutdriver, Hollow, 5/16“
HS11 Nutdriver, Hollow, 11/32“
HS12 Nutdriver, Hollow, 3/8“
HS14 Nutdriver, Hollow, 7/16“
HS16 Nutdriver, Hollow, 1/2“
HS18 Nutdriver, Hollow, 9/16“
998M Blade, Nutdriver, 1/4“, magnetic
9910M Blade, Nutdriver, 5/16“, magnetic
PS120 Nutdriver Set
Order No. Description
340
Tool Cases
Order No. Description
TCMB100ST Tool Case with Tools – Inch Size
consists of:
991X Regular Handle
991R Ratching Handle
994R T-Ratching Handle
99X5 Extension 4“
99X10 Extension 7“
9961 Blade, Bristol 6-flute Multiple Spline, 0,048“
9962 Blade, Bristol 6-flute Multiple Spline, 0,060“
9963 Blade, Bristol 4-flute Multiple Spline, 0,069“
9964 Blade, Bristol 6-flute Multiple Spline, 0,072“
9965 Blade, Bristol 4-flute Multiple Spline, 0,076“
9966 Blade, Bristol 6-flute Multiple Spline, 0,096“
9967 Blade, Bristol 6-flute Multiple Spline, 0,111“
9968 Blade, Bristol 6-flute Multiple Spline, 0,145“
9969 Blade, Bristol 6-flute Multiple Spline, 0,183“
9920 Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 0,050“
9921 Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 1/16“
9922 Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 5/64“
9923 Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 3/32“
99764 Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 7/64“
9924 Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 1/8“
99964 Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 9/64“
9925 Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 5/32“
9926 Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 3/16“
99125 Blade, Screwdriver, Slotted, 1/8“
99811 Blade, Screwdriver, Slotted, 3/16“
99250 Blade, Screwdriver, Slotted, 1/4“
99312 Blade, Screwdriver, Slotted, 5/16“
99820 Blade, Screwdriver, Phillips No.0
99821 Blade, Screwdriver, Phillips No.1
99822 Blade, Screwdriver, Phillips No.2
9938 Reamer 1/8“ x 3/8“
42H Seizer, Straight Nose, Serrated jaw
46CG Wrench, adjustable, 6“
50CG Plier, adjustable, 6“
51CG Plier, Long Nose, 7“
53CG Plier, adjustable, 4“
54CG Plier, diagonal, 4“
66CG Plier, diagonal, 6“
57CG Plier, Needle-Nose, 16“
59CG Plier, Special Purpose, 8“
86CG Electronic Snip, cushion grip, 6,5“
103S Wire Stripper & Cutter, Cam Stop Adjustable
K22 Electricians` knife
M60 Mini Screwdriver Set (7 pcs.)
XL75 Offset Ratches, Screwdriver Set
600 4-way Pocket Tool Screwdriver/Nutdriver
SB1 Convertible Blade
R3323 Screwdriver, Round Blade,
Pocket Clip Style, 3/32“ x 3“
R181 Screwdriver, Round Blade,
Pocket Clip Style, 1/8“ x 2“
R184 Screwdriver, Round Blade, Regular, 1/8“ x 2“
R5325 Screwdriver, Round Blade, Regular, 5/32“
R3164 Screwdriver, Round Blade, Regular, 3/16“ x 4“
R3166 Screwdriver, Round Blade, Regular, 3/16“ x 6“
R144 Screwdriver, Round Blade, Regular, 1/4“ x 4“
R146 Screwdriver, Round Blade, Regular, 1/4“ x 6“
SX101 Screwdriver, Phillips, Stubby No.1
XST100 Screwdriver, Phillips, Super-tru-tip No.0
XST101 Screwdriver, Phillips, Super-tru-tip No.1
XST102 Screwdriver, Phillips, Super-tru-tip No.2
S3161 Screwdriver, Square Blade, Stubby, 3/8“
S5161 Screwdriver, Square Blade, Stubby, 5/16“
S388 Screwdriver, Square Blade, Regular, 3/8“
S5166 Screwdriver, Square Blade, Regular, 5/16“
P18 Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 0,028“
P19 Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 0,035“
HS6 Nutdriver, Hollow, 3/16“
HS8 Nutdriver, Hollow, 1/4“
HS10 Nutdriver, Hollow, 5/16“
HS11 Nutdriver, Hollow, 11/32“
HS12 Nutdriver, Hollow, 3/8“
HS14 Nutdriver, Hollow, 7/16“
HS16 Nutdriver, Hollow, 1/2“
HS18 Nutdriver, Hollow, 9/16“
998M Blade, Nutdriver, 1/4“, magnetic
9910M Blade, Nutdriver, 5/16“, magnetic
PS120 Nutdriver Set
Order No. Description
341
Specials
Order No. Description
XL70 Offset Ratchet Screwdriver Set
consists of:
XL3 Allen Hex Screw Bit 0,050“ (1,27 mm)
XL4 Allen Hex Screw Bit 1/16“ (1,54 mm)
XL5 Allen Hex Screw Bit 5/64“ (1,98 mm)
XL6 Allen Hex Screw Bit 3/32“ (2,38 mm)
XL7 Allen Hex Screw Bit 7/64“ (1,54 mm)
XL8 Allen Hex Screw Bit 1/8“ (3,17 mm)
XL9 Allen Hex Screw Bit 9/64“ (3,57 mm)
XL10 Allen Hex Screw Bit 5/32“ (3,97 mm)
XL12 Allen Hex Screw Bit 3/16“ (4,76 mm)
XL14 Allen Hex Screw Bit 7/32“ (5,56 mm)
XL16 Allen Hex Screw Bit 1/4“ (6 mm)
XL17 Slotted Screw Bit 1/4“ (6 mm)
XL18 Allen Hex Screw Bit 5/16“ (7,94 mm)
XL20 Phillips Screw Bit No. 1
XL21 Phillips Screw Bit No. 2
XL24 Adapter bit
XL25 Slotted Screw Bit 3/16“ (4,76 mm)
XL27 Offset Ratchet, reversible
XL50X Screwdriver Extension
Offset Ratchet Screwdriver Set
GERMAN Y
Weller Tools GmbH
Carl-Benz-Straße 2, 74354 Besigheim
Tel.: +49 (0) 7143 580-0, Fax: +49 (0) 7143 580-108
GREAT BRITAIN
Apex Tool UK Limited
4th Floor Pennine House,
Washington, Tyne & Wear, NE37 1LY
Tel: +44 (0191) 419 7700, Fax: +44 (0191) 417 9421
FRANCE
Apex Tool Group S.A.S.
25 Avenue Maurice Chevalier B.P. 46,
77832 Ozoir-la-Ferrière Cedex
Tel: +33 (0) 160.18.55.40, Fax: +44 (0) 164 64.40.33.05
ITALY
Apex Tool S.r.l.
Viale Europa 80, 20090 Cusago (MI)
Tel: +39 (02) 9033101, Fax: +39 (02) 90394231
SWI TZERLAND
Apex Tool Switzerland Sàrl
Rue de la Roselière 8, 1400 Yverdon-les-Bains
Tel: +41 (024) 426 12 06, Fax: +41 (024) 425 09 77
USA
Apex Tool Group, LLC
14600 York Rd. Suite A
Sparks, MD 21152
Tel.: +1 (800) 688-8949, Fax: +1 (800) 234-0472
CANADA
Apex Tools – Canada
164 Innisfil Street, Barrie Ontario, Canada L4N 3E7
Tel: +1 (705) 728 5564, Fax: +1 (800) 403 8665
CHINA
Apex Tool Group
A-8 building, No. 38 Dongsheng Road,
Heqing Industrial Park, Pudong
Shanghai PRC 201201
Tel: + 86 (21) 60880288, Fax: +86 (21) 60880289
AUSTRALIA
Apex Tools
P.O. Box 366, 519 Nurigong Street,
Albury, N.S.W. 2640, Australia
Tel: +61 (2) 6058-0300, Fax: +61 (2) 6021-7403
www.weller-tools.com
© 2012 Apex Tool Group, LLC.
ITALY
Apex Tool S.r.l.
Viale Europa 80, 20090 Cusago (MI)
Tel: +39 (02) 9033101, Fax: +39 (02) 90394231
SWI TZERLAND
Apex Tool Switzerland Sàrl
Rue de la Roselière 8, 1400 Yverdon-les-Bains
Tel: +41 (024) 426 12 06, Fax: +41 (024) 425 09 77
